1 /* X Communication module for terminals which understand the X protocol.
3 Copyright (C) 1989, 1993-2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
7 GNU Emacs is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GNU Emacs. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
20 /* New display code by Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>. */
21 /* Xt features made by Fred Pierresteguy. */
31 #include "blockinput.h"
33 /* Need syssignal.h for various externs and definitions that may be required
34 by some configurations for calls to signal later in this source file. */
35 #include "syssignal.h"
37 /* This may include sys/types.h, and that somehow loses
38 if this is not done before the other system files. */
40 #include <X11/cursorfont.h>
42 /* Load sys/types.h if not already loaded.
43 In some systems loading it twice is suicidal. */
45 #include <sys/types.h>
48 #include <sys/ioctl.h>
57 /* Caused redefinition of DBL_DIG on Netbsd; seems not to be needed. */
58 /* #include <sys/param.h> */
61 #include "character.h"
64 #include "dispextern.h"
66 #include "termhooks.h"
69 #include "emacs-icon.h"
74 #include "intervals.h"
80 #include "xsettings.h"
82 #include "sysselect.h"
85 #include <X11/Shell.h>
88 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
97 #include <X11/Xproto.h>
102 #include "../lwlib/xlwmenu.h"
106 #if !defined (NO_EDITRES)
108 extern void _XEditResCheckMessages (Widget
, XtPointer
, XEvent
*, Boolean
*);
109 #endif /* not NO_EDITRES */
111 /* Include toolkit specific headers for the scroll bar widget. */
113 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
114 #if defined USE_MOTIF
115 #include <Xm/Xm.h> /* for LESSTIF_VERSION */
116 #include <Xm/ScrollBar.h>
117 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
120 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Simple.h>
121 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Scrollbar.h>
122 #include <X11/Xaw3d/ThreeD.h>
123 #else /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
124 #include <X11/Xaw/Simple.h>
125 #include <X11/Xaw/Scrollbar.h>
126 #endif /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
128 #define XtNpickTop "pickTop"
129 #endif /* !XtNpickTop */
130 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
131 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
133 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
137 #ifndef XtNinitialState
138 #define XtNinitialState "initialState"
142 /* Default to using XIM if available. */
146 int use_xim
= 0; /* configure --without-xim */
151 /* Non-zero means that a HELP_EVENT has been generated since Emacs
154 static int any_help_event_p
;
156 /* Last window where we saw the mouse. Used by mouse-autoselect-window. */
157 static Lisp_Object last_window
;
159 /* This is a chain of structures for all the X displays currently in
162 struct x_display_info
*x_display_list
;
164 /* This is a list of cons cells, each of the form (NAME
165 . FONT-LIST-CACHE), one for each element of x_display_list and in
166 the same order. NAME is the name of the frame. FONT-LIST-CACHE
167 records previous values returned by x-list-fonts. */
169 Lisp_Object x_display_name_list
;
171 /* Frame being updated by update_frame. This is declared in term.c.
172 This is set by update_begin and looked at by all the XT functions.
173 It is zero while not inside an update. In that case, the XT
174 functions assume that `selected_frame' is the frame to apply to. */
176 extern struct frame
*updating_frame
;
178 /* This is a frame waiting to be auto-raised, within XTread_socket. */
180 static struct frame
*pending_autoraise_frame
;
182 /* This is a frame waiting for an event matching mask, within XTread_socket. */
187 } pending_event_wait
;
190 /* The application context for Xt use. */
191 XtAppContext Xt_app_con
;
192 static String Xt_default_resources
[] = {0};
194 /* Non-zero means user is interacting with a toolkit scroll bar. */
196 static int toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
;
197 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
199 /* Non-zero timeout value means ignore next mouse click if it arrives
200 before that timeout elapses (i.e. as part of the same sequence of
201 events resulting from clicking on a frame to select it). */
203 static unsigned long ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
;
207 Formerly, we used PointerMotionHintMask (in standard_event_mask)
208 so that we would have to call XQueryPointer after each MotionNotify
209 event to ask for another such event. However, this made mouse tracking
210 slow, and there was a bug that made it eventually stop.
212 Simply asking for MotionNotify all the time seems to work better.
214 In order to avoid asking for motion events and then throwing most
215 of them away or busy-polling the server for mouse positions, we ask
216 the server for pointer motion hints. This means that we get only
217 one event per group of mouse movements. "Groups" are delimited by
218 other kinds of events (focus changes and button clicks, for
219 example), or by XQueryPointer calls; when one of these happens, we
220 get another MotionNotify event the next time the mouse moves. This
221 is at least as efficient as getting motion events when mouse
222 tracking is on, and I suspect only negligibly worse when tracking
225 /* Where the mouse was last time we reported a mouse event. */
227 static XRectangle last_mouse_glyph
;
228 static FRAME_PTR last_mouse_glyph_frame
;
229 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_press_frame
;
231 /* The scroll bar in which the last X motion event occurred.
233 If the last X motion event occurred in a scroll bar, we set this so
234 XTmouse_position can know whether to report a scroll bar motion or
237 If the last X motion event didn't occur in a scroll bar, we set
238 this to Qnil, to tell XTmouse_position to return an ordinary motion
241 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_scroll_bar
;
243 /* This is a hack. We would really prefer that XTmouse_position would
244 return the time associated with the position it returns, but there
245 doesn't seem to be any way to wrest the time-stamp from the server
246 along with the position query. So, we just keep track of the time
247 of the last movement we received, and return that in hopes that
248 it's somewhat accurate. */
250 static Time last_mouse_movement_time
;
252 /* Time for last user interaction as returned in X events. */
254 static Time last_user_time
;
256 /* Incremented by XTread_socket whenever it really tries to read
260 static int volatile input_signal_count
;
262 static int input_signal_count
;
265 /* Used locally within XTread_socket. */
267 static int x_noop_count
;
269 static Lisp_Object Qalt
, Qhyper
, Qmeta
, Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
;
271 static Lisp_Object Qvendor_specific_keysyms
;
272 static Lisp_Object Qlatin_1
;
275 /* The name of the Emacs icon file. */
276 static Lisp_Object xg_default_icon_file
;
278 /* Used in gtkutil.c. */
279 Lisp_Object Qx_gtk_map_stock
;
282 /* Some functions take this as char *, not const char *. */
283 static char emacs_class
[] = EMACS_CLASS
;
287 XEMBED_MAPPED
= 1 << 0
292 XEMBED_EMBEDDED_NOTIFY
= 0,
293 XEMBED_WINDOW_ACTIVATE
= 1,
294 XEMBED_WINDOW_DEACTIVATE
= 2,
295 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
= 3,
297 XEMBED_FOCUS_OUT
= 5,
298 XEMBED_FOCUS_NEXT
= 6,
299 XEMBED_FOCUS_PREV
= 7,
301 XEMBED_MODALITY_ON
= 10,
302 XEMBED_MODALITY_OFF
= 11,
303 XEMBED_REGISTER_ACCELERATOR
= 12,
304 XEMBED_UNREGISTER_ACCELERATOR
= 13,
305 XEMBED_ACTIVATE_ACCELERATOR
= 14
308 /* Used in x_flush. */
310 static int x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (Display
*, Colormap
, XColor
*);
311 static void x_set_window_size_1 (struct frame
*, int, int, int);
312 static void x_raise_frame (struct frame
*);
313 static void x_lower_frame (struct frame
*);
314 static const XColor
*x_color_cells (Display
*, int *);
315 static void x_update_window_end (struct window
*, int, int);
317 static int x_io_error_quitter (Display
*);
318 static struct terminal
*x_create_terminal (struct x_display_info
*);
319 void x_delete_terminal (struct terminal
*);
320 static void x_update_end (struct frame
*);
321 static void XTframe_up_to_date (struct frame
*);
322 static void XTset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*);
323 static void XTreset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*);
324 static void x_clear_frame (struct frame
*);
325 static void x_ins_del_lines (struct frame
*, int, int) NO_RETURN
;
326 static void frame_highlight (struct frame
*);
327 static void frame_unhighlight (struct frame
*);
328 static void x_new_focus_frame (struct x_display_info
*, struct frame
*);
329 static void x_focus_changed (int, int, struct x_display_info
*,
330 struct frame
*, struct input_event
*);
331 static void x_detect_focus_change (struct x_display_info
*,
332 XEvent
*, struct input_event
*);
333 static void XTframe_rehighlight (struct frame
*);
334 static void x_frame_rehighlight (struct x_display_info
*);
335 static void x_draw_hollow_cursor (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*);
336 static void x_draw_bar_cursor (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int,
337 enum text_cursor_kinds
);
339 static void x_clip_to_row (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int, GC
);
340 static void x_flush (struct frame
*f
);
341 static void x_update_begin (struct frame
*);
342 static void x_update_window_begin (struct window
*);
343 static void x_after_update_window_line (struct glyph_row
*);
344 static struct scroll_bar
*x_window_to_scroll_bar (Display
*, Window
);
345 static void x_scroll_bar_report_motion (struct frame
**, Lisp_Object
*,
346 enum scroll_bar_part
*,
347 Lisp_Object
*, Lisp_Object
*,
349 static int x_handle_net_wm_state (struct frame
*, XPropertyEvent
*);
350 static void x_check_fullscreen (struct frame
*);
351 static void x_check_expected_move (struct frame
*, int, int);
352 static void x_sync_with_move (struct frame
*, int, int, int);
353 static int handle_one_xevent (struct x_display_info
*, XEvent
*,
354 int *, struct input_event
*);
356 static int x_dispatch_event (XEvent
*, Display
*);
358 /* Don't declare this NO_RETURN because we want no
359 interference with debugging failing X calls. */
360 static void x_connection_closed (Display
*, const char *);
361 static void x_wm_set_window_state (struct frame
*, int);
362 static void x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (struct frame
*, ptrdiff_t);
363 static void x_initialize (void);
366 /* Flush display of frame F, or of all frames if F is null. */
369 x_flush (struct frame
*f
)
371 /* Don't call XFlush when it is not safe to redisplay; the X
372 connection may be broken. */
373 if (!NILP (Vinhibit_redisplay
))
379 Lisp_Object rest
, frame
;
380 FOR_EACH_FRAME (rest
, frame
)
381 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
382 x_flush (XFRAME (frame
));
384 else if (FRAME_X_P (f
))
385 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
390 /* Remove calls to XFlush by defining XFlush to an empty replacement.
391 Calls to XFlush should be unnecessary because the X output buffer
392 is flushed automatically as needed by calls to XPending,
393 XNextEvent, or XWindowEvent according to the XFlush man page.
394 XTread_socket calls XPending. Removing XFlush improves
397 #define XFlush(DISPLAY) (void) 0
400 /***********************************************************************
402 ***********************************************************************/
406 /* This is a function useful for recording debugging information about
407 the sequence of occurrences in this file. */
415 struct record event_record
[100];
417 int event_record_index
;
420 record_event (char *locus
, int type
)
422 if (event_record_index
== sizeof (event_record
) / sizeof (struct record
))
423 event_record_index
= 0;
425 event_record
[event_record_index
].locus
= locus
;
426 event_record
[event_record_index
].type
= type
;
427 event_record_index
++;
434 /* Return the struct x_display_info corresponding to DPY. */
436 struct x_display_info
*
437 x_display_info_for_display (Display
*dpy
)
439 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
441 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
442 if (dpyinfo
->display
== dpy
)
449 x_find_topmost_parent (struct frame
*f
)
451 struct x_output
*x
= f
->output_data
.x
;
452 Window win
= None
, wi
= x
->parent_desc
;
453 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
455 while (wi
!= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
459 unsigned int nchildren
;
462 XQueryTree (dpy
, win
, &root
, &wi
, &children
, &nchildren
);
469 #define OPAQUE 0xffffffff
472 x_set_frame_alpha (struct frame
*f
)
474 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
475 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
476 Window win
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
478 double alpha_min
= 1.0;
482 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
487 if (FLOATP (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
))
488 alpha_min
= XFLOAT_DATA (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
);
489 else if (INTEGERP (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
))
490 alpha_min
= (XINT (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
)) / 100.0;
494 else if (alpha
> 1.0)
496 else if (0.0 <= alpha
&& alpha
< alpha_min
&& alpha_min
<= 1.0)
499 opac
= alpha
* OPAQUE
;
501 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
503 /* If there is a parent from the window manager, put the property there
504 also, to work around broken window managers that fail to do that.
505 Do this unconditionally as this function is called on reparent when
506 alpha has not changed on the frame. */
508 parent
= x_find_topmost_parent (f
);
510 XChangeProperty (dpy
, parent
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
,
511 XA_CARDINAL
, 32, PropModeReplace
,
512 (unsigned char *) &opac
, 1L);
514 /* return unless necessary */
519 unsigned long n
, left
;
521 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, win
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
,
522 0L, 1L, False
, XA_CARDINAL
,
523 &actual
, &format
, &n
, &left
,
526 if (rc
== Success
&& actual
!= None
)
528 unsigned long value
= *(unsigned long *)data
;
529 XFree ((void *) data
);
538 XChangeProperty (dpy
, win
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
,
539 XA_CARDINAL
, 32, PropModeReplace
,
540 (unsigned char *) &opac
, 1L);
545 x_display_pixel_height (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
547 return HeightOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
551 x_display_pixel_width (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
553 return WidthOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
557 /***********************************************************************
558 Starting and ending an update
559 ***********************************************************************/
561 /* Start an update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook
562 for update_begin, i.e. it is called when update_begin is called.
563 This function is called prior to calls to x_update_window_begin for
564 each window being updated. Currently, there is nothing to do here
565 because all interesting stuff is done on a window basis. */
568 x_update_begin (struct frame
*f
)
574 /* Start update of window W. Set the global variable updated_window
575 to the window being updated and set output_cursor to the cursor
579 x_update_window_begin (struct window
*w
)
581 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
582 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (f
);
585 set_output_cursor (&w
->cursor
);
589 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
591 /* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update. */
592 hlinfo
->mouse_face_defer
= 1;
594 /* If F needs to be redrawn, simply forget about any prior mouse
596 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
))
597 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
604 /* Draw a vertical window border from (x,y0) to (x,y1) */
607 x_draw_vertical_window_border (struct window
*w
, int x
, int y0
, int y1
)
609 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
612 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, VERTICAL_BORDER_FACE_ID
);
614 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
617 XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
618 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, x
, y0
, x
, y1
);
621 /* End update of window W (which is equal to updated_window).
623 Draw vertical borders between horizontally adjacent windows, and
624 display W's cursor if CURSOR_ON_P is non-zero.
626 MOUSE_FACE_OVERWRITTEN_P non-zero means that some row containing
627 glyphs in mouse-face were overwritten. In that case we have to
628 make sure that the mouse-highlight is properly redrawn.
630 W may be a menu bar pseudo-window in case we don't have X toolkit
631 support. Such windows don't have a cursor, so don't display it
635 x_update_window_end (struct window
*w
, int cursor_on_p
, int mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
637 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (XFRAME (w
->frame
));
639 if (!w
->pseudo_window_p
)
644 display_and_set_cursor (w
, 1, output_cursor
.hpos
,
646 output_cursor
.x
, output_cursor
.y
);
648 if (draw_window_fringes (w
, 1))
649 x_draw_vertical_border (w
);
654 /* If a row with mouse-face was overwritten, arrange for
655 XTframe_up_to_date to redisplay the mouse highlight. */
656 if (mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
658 hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
659 hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
660 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
663 updated_window
= NULL
;
667 /* End update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook in
671 x_update_end (struct frame
*f
)
673 /* Mouse highlight may be displayed again. */
674 MOUSE_HL_INFO (f
)->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
678 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
684 /* This function is called from various places in xdisp.c whenever a
685 complete update has been performed. The global variable
686 updated_window is not available here. */
689 XTframe_up_to_date (struct frame
*f
)
693 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (f
);
695 if (hlinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
696 || f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
699 if (hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
700 note_mouse_highlight (hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
,
701 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
,
702 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
);
703 hlinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
710 /* Draw truncation mark bitmaps, continuation mark bitmaps, overlay
711 arrow bitmaps, or clear the fringes if no bitmaps are required
712 before DESIRED_ROW is made current. The window being updated is
713 found in updated_window. This function It is called from
714 update_window_line only if it is known that there are differences
715 between bitmaps to be drawn between current row and DESIRED_ROW. */
718 x_after_update_window_line (struct glyph_row
*desired_row
)
720 struct window
*w
= updated_window
;
726 if (!desired_row
->mode_line_p
&& !w
->pseudo_window_p
)
727 desired_row
->redraw_fringe_bitmaps_p
= 1;
729 /* When a window has disappeared, make sure that no rest of
730 full-width rows stays visible in the internal border. Could
731 check here if updated_window is the leftmost/rightmost window,
732 but I guess it's not worth doing since vertically split windows
733 are almost never used, internal border is rarely set, and the
734 overhead is very small. */
735 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
736 && desired_row
->full_width_p
737 && (f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
),
738 width
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
740 && (height
= desired_row
->visible_height
,
743 int y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, desired_row
->y
));
746 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
747 0, y
, width
, height
, False
);
748 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
749 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - width
,
750 y
, width
, height
, False
);
756 x_draw_fringe_bitmap (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
, struct draw_fringe_bitmap_params
*p
)
758 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
759 Display
*display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
760 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
761 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
762 struct face
*face
= p
->face
;
764 /* Must clip because of partially visible lines. */
765 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, -1, gc
);
769 int bx
= p
->bx
, by
= p
->by
, nx
= p
->nx
, ny
= p
->ny
;
771 /* In case the same realized face is used for fringes and
772 for something displayed in the text (e.g. face `region' on
773 mono-displays, the fill style may have been changed to
774 FillSolid in x_draw_glyph_string_background. */
776 XSetFillStyle (display
, face
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
778 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->background
);
780 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
781 /* If the fringe is adjacent to the left (right) scroll bar of a
782 leftmost (rightmost, respectively) window, then extend its
783 background to the gap between the fringe and the bar. */
784 if ((WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
785 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
786 || (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
787 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
)))
789 int sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
793 int bar_area_x
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
794 int bar_area_width
= (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
)
795 * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
));
799 /* Bitmap fills the fringe. */
800 if (bar_area_x
+ bar_area_width
== p
->x
)
801 bx
= bar_area_x
+ sb_width
;
802 else if (p
->x
+ p
->wd
== bar_area_x
)
806 int header_line_height
= WINDOW_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
);
808 nx
= bar_area_width
- sb_width
;
809 by
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (header_line_height
,
811 ny
= row
->visible_height
;
816 if (bar_area_x
+ bar_area_width
== bx
)
818 bx
= bar_area_x
+ sb_width
;
819 nx
+= bar_area_width
- sb_width
;
821 else if (bx
+ nx
== bar_area_x
)
822 nx
+= bar_area_width
- sb_width
;
827 if (bx
>= 0 && nx
> 0)
828 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, face
->gc
, bx
, by
, nx
, ny
);
831 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->foreground
);
837 Pixmap pixmap
, clipmask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
838 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
));
842 bits
= (char *) (p
->bits
+ p
->dh
);
844 bits
= (char *) p
->bits
+ p
->dh
;
846 /* Draw the bitmap. I believe these small pixmaps can be cached
848 pixmap
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
, window
, bits
, p
->wd
, p
->h
,
850 ? (p
->overlay_p
? face
->background
851 : f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
853 face
->background
, depth
);
857 clipmask
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
,
858 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
,
861 gcv
.clip_mask
= clipmask
;
862 gcv
.clip_x_origin
= p
->x
;
863 gcv
.clip_y_origin
= p
->y
;
864 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
, &gcv
);
867 XCopyArea (display
, pixmap
, window
, gc
, 0, 0,
868 p
->wd
, p
->h
, p
->x
, p
->y
);
869 XFreePixmap (display
, pixmap
);
873 gcv
.clip_mask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
874 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
, &gcv
);
875 XFreePixmap (display
, clipmask
);
879 XSetClipMask (display
, gc
, None
);
884 /* This is called when starting Emacs and when restarting after
885 suspend. When starting Emacs, no X window is mapped. And nothing
886 must be done to Emacs's own window if it is suspended (though that
890 XTset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*terminal
)
894 /* This is called when exiting or suspending Emacs. Exiting will make
895 the X-windows go away, and suspending requires no action. */
898 XTreset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*terminal
)
903 /***********************************************************************
905 ***********************************************************************/
909 static void x_set_glyph_string_clipping (struct glyph_string
*);
910 static void x_set_glyph_string_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
911 static void x_draw_glyph_string_background (struct glyph_string
*,
913 static void x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
914 static void x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
915 static void x_draw_glyph_string_box (struct glyph_string
*);
916 static void x_draw_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*);
917 static void x_delete_glyphs (struct frame
*, int) NO_RETURN
;
918 static void x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (struct glyph_string
*);
919 static void x_set_cursor_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
920 static void x_set_mode_line_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
921 static void x_set_mouse_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
922 static int x_alloc_lighter_color (struct frame
*, Display
*, Colormap
,
923 unsigned long *, double, int);
924 static void x_setup_relief_color (struct frame
*, struct relief
*,
925 double, int, unsigned long);
926 static void x_setup_relief_colors (struct glyph_string
*);
927 static void x_draw_image_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*);
928 static void x_draw_image_relief (struct glyph_string
*);
929 static void x_draw_image_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
930 static void x_draw_image_foreground_1 (struct glyph_string
*, Pixmap
);
931 static void x_clear_glyph_string_rect (struct glyph_string
*, int,
933 static void x_draw_relief_rect (struct frame
*, int, int, int, int,
934 int, int, int, int, int, int,
936 static void x_draw_box_rect (struct glyph_string
*, int, int, int, int,
937 int, int, int, XRectangle
*);
938 static void x_scroll_bar_clear (struct frame
*);
941 static void x_check_font (struct frame
*, struct font
*);
945 /* Set S->gc to a suitable GC for drawing glyph string S in cursor
949 x_set_cursor_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
951 if (s
->font
== FRAME_FONT (s
->f
)
952 && s
->face
->background
== FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
953 && s
->face
->foreground
== FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
955 s
->gc
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
;
958 /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge. */
962 xgcv
.background
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
963 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
965 /* If the glyph would be invisible, try a different foreground. */
966 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
967 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
968 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
969 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
;
970 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
971 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
973 /* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face. */
974 if (xgcv
.background
== s
->face
->background
975 && xgcv
.foreground
== s
->face
->foreground
)
977 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->foreground
;
978 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
981 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
982 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
983 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
985 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
986 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
989 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
990 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
992 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
997 /* Set up S->gc of glyph string S for drawing text in mouse face. */
1000 x_set_mouse_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1005 /* What face has to be used last for the mouse face? */
1006 face_id
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (s
->f
)->mouse_face_face_id
;
1007 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
1009 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, MOUSE_FACE_ID
);
1011 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1012 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, s
->first_glyph
->u
.ch
, -1, Qnil
);
1014 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, 0, -1, Qnil
);
1015 s
->face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
1016 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1018 if (s
->font
== s
->face
->font
)
1019 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1022 /* Otherwise construct scratch_cursor_gc with values from FACE
1027 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->background
;
1028 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1029 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1030 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1032 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
1033 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
1036 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
1037 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1039 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
1042 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1046 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S to a GC suitable for drawing a mode line.
1047 Faces to use in the mode line have already been computed when the
1048 matrix was built, so there isn't much to do, here. */
1051 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1053 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1057 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S for drawing that glyph string. Set
1058 S->stippled_p to a non-zero value if the face of S has a stipple
1062 x_set_glyph_string_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1064 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1066 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
)
1068 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1069 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1071 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO
)
1073 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
);
1074 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1076 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
1078 x_set_cursor_gc (s
);
1081 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
)
1083 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
1084 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1086 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
1087 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
1089 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1090 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1094 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1095 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1098 /* GC must have been set. */
1099 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1103 /* Set clipping for output of glyph string S. S may be part of a mode
1104 line or menu if we don't have X toolkit support. */
1107 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1109 XRectangle
*r
= s
->clip
;
1110 int n
= get_glyph_string_clip_rects (s
, r
, 2);
1113 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, r
, n
, Unsorted
);
1118 /* Set SRC's clipping for output of glyph string DST. This is called
1119 when we are drawing DST's left_overhang or right_overhang only in
1123 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (struct glyph_string
*src
, struct glyph_string
*dst
)
1128 r
.width
= src
->width
;
1130 r
.height
= src
->height
;
1133 XSetClipRectangles (dst
->display
, dst
->gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
1138 Compute left and right overhang of glyph string S. */
1141 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1144 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
1145 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
1147 struct font_metrics metrics
;
1149 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1151 unsigned *code
= alloca (sizeof (unsigned) * s
->nchars
);
1152 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1155 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++)
1156 code
[i
] = (s
->char2b
[i
].byte1
<< 8) | s
->char2b
[i
].byte2
;
1157 font
->driver
->text_extents (font
, code
, s
->nchars
, &metrics
);
1161 Lisp_Object gstring
= composition_gstring_from_id (s
->cmp_id
);
1163 composition_gstring_width (gstring
, s
->cmp_from
, s
->cmp_to
, &metrics
);
1165 s
->right_overhang
= (metrics
.rbearing
> metrics
.width
1166 ? metrics
.rbearing
- metrics
.width
: 0);
1167 s
->left_overhang
= metrics
.lbearing
< 0 ? - metrics
.lbearing
: 0;
1171 s
->right_overhang
= s
->cmp
->rbearing
- s
->cmp
->pixel_width
;
1172 s
->left_overhang
= - s
->cmp
->lbearing
;
1177 /* Fill rectangle X, Y, W, H with background color of glyph string S. */
1180 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
, int x
, int y
, int w
, int h
)
1183 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1184 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
1185 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
1186 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
1190 /* Draw the background of glyph_string S. If S->background_filled_p
1191 is non-zero don't draw it. FORCE_P non-zero means draw the
1192 background even if it wouldn't be drawn normally. This is used
1193 when a string preceding S draws into the background of S, or S
1194 contains the first component of a composition. */
1197 x_draw_glyph_string_background (struct glyph_string
*s
, int force_p
)
1199 /* Nothing to do if background has already been drawn or if it
1200 shouldn't be drawn in the first place. */
1201 if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
1203 int box_line_width
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
1207 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
1208 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
1209 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
,
1210 s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1211 s
->background_width
,
1212 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1213 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
1214 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1216 else if (FONT_HEIGHT (s
->font
) < s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
1217 || s
->font_not_found_p
1218 || s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
1221 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1222 s
->background_width
,
1223 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1224 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1230 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S. */
1233 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1237 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1238 of S to the right of that box line. */
1239 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1240 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1241 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1245 /* Draw characters of S as rectangles if S's font could not be
1247 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1249 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
1251 struct glyph
*g
= s
->first_glyph
+ i
;
1252 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
,
1253 s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
, g
->pixel_width
- 1,
1255 x
+= g
->pixel_width
;
1260 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1261 int boff
= font
->baseline_offset
;
1264 if (font
->vertical_centering
)
1265 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (font
, s
->f
) - boff
;
1267 y
= s
->ybase
- boff
;
1269 || (s
->background_filled_p
&& s
->hl
!= DRAW_CURSOR
))
1270 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
, y
, 0);
1272 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
, y
, 1);
1273 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1274 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1278 /* Draw the foreground of composite glyph string S. */
1281 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1284 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1286 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1287 of S to the right of that box line. */
1288 if (s
->face
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1289 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1290 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1294 /* S is a glyph string for a composition. S->cmp_from is the index
1295 of the first character drawn for glyphs of this composition.
1296 S->cmp_from == 0 means we are drawing the very first character of
1297 this composition. */
1299 /* Draw a rectangle for the composition if the font for the very
1300 first character of the composition could not be loaded. */
1301 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1303 if (s
->cmp_from
== 0)
1304 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
,
1305 s
->width
- 1, s
->height
- 1);
1307 else if (! s
->first_glyph
->u
.cmp
.automatic
)
1311 for (i
= 0, j
= s
->cmp_from
; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, j
++)
1312 /* TAB in a composition means display glyphs with padding
1313 space on the left or right. */
1314 if (COMPOSITION_GLYPH (s
->cmp
, j
) != '\t')
1316 int xx
= x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2];
1317 int yy
= y
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2 + 1];
1319 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, j
+ 1, xx
, yy
, 0);
1320 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1321 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, j
+ 1, xx
+ 1, yy
, 0);
1326 Lisp_Object gstring
= composition_gstring_from_id (s
->cmp_id
);
1331 for (i
= j
= s
->cmp_from
; i
< s
->cmp_to
; i
++)
1333 glyph
= LGSTRING_GLYPH (gstring
, i
);
1334 if (NILP (LGLYPH_ADJUSTMENT (glyph
)))
1335 width
+= LGLYPH_WIDTH (glyph
);
1338 int xoff
, yoff
, wadjust
;
1342 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
, y
, 0);
1343 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1344 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1347 xoff
= LGLYPH_XOFF (glyph
);
1348 yoff
= LGLYPH_YOFF (glyph
);
1349 wadjust
= LGLYPH_WADJUST (glyph
);
1350 font
->driver
->draw (s
, i
, i
+ 1, x
+ xoff
, y
+ yoff
, 0);
1351 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1352 font
->driver
->draw (s
, i
, i
+ 1, x
+ xoff
+ 1, y
+ yoff
, 0);
1360 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
, y
, 0);
1361 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1362 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1368 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S for glyphless characters. */
1371 x_draw_glyphless_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1373 struct glyph
*glyph
= s
->first_glyph
;
1377 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1378 of S to the right of that box line. */
1379 if (s
->face
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1380 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1381 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1387 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, glyph
++)
1389 char buf
[7], *str
= NULL
;
1390 int len
= glyph
->u
.glyphless
.len
;
1392 if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
== GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_ACRONYM
)
1395 && CHAR_TABLE_P (Vglyphless_char_display
)
1396 && (CHAR_TABLE_EXTRA_SLOTS (XCHAR_TABLE (Vglyphless_char_display
))
1400 = (! glyph
->u
.glyphless
.for_no_font
1401 ? CHAR_TABLE_REF (Vglyphless_char_display
,
1402 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
)
1403 : XCHAR_TABLE (Vglyphless_char_display
)->extras
[0]);
1404 if (STRINGP (acronym
))
1405 str
= SSDATA (acronym
);
1408 else if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
== GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_HEX_CODE
)
1410 sprintf ((char *) buf
, "%0*X",
1411 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
< 0x10000 ? 4 : 6,
1412 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
);
1418 int upper_len
= (len
+ 1) / 2;
1421 /* It is assured that all LEN characters in STR is ASCII. */
1422 for (j
= 0; j
< len
; j
++)
1424 code
= s
->font
->driver
->encode_char (s
->font
, str
[j
]);
1425 STORE_XCHAR2B (char2b
+ j
, code
>> 8, code
& 0xFF);
1427 s
->font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, upper_len
,
1428 x
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.upper_xoff
,
1429 s
->ybase
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.upper_yoff
,
1431 s
->font
->driver
->draw (s
, upper_len
, len
,
1432 x
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.lower_xoff
,
1433 s
->ybase
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.lower_yoff
,
1436 if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
!= GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_THIN_SPACE
)
1437 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
1438 x
, s
->ybase
- glyph
->ascent
,
1439 glyph
->pixel_width
- 1,
1440 glyph
->ascent
+ glyph
->descent
- 1);
1441 x
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
1445 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
1447 static struct frame
*x_frame_of_widget (Widget
);
1448 static Boolean
cvt_string_to_pixel (Display
*, XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*,
1449 XrmValue
*, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
*);
1450 static void cvt_pixel_dtor (XtAppContext
, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
,
1451 XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*);
1454 /* Return the frame on which widget WIDGET is used.. Abort if frame
1455 cannot be determined. */
1457 static struct frame
*
1458 x_frame_of_widget (Widget widget
)
1460 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
1464 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (XtDisplay (widget
));
1466 /* Find the top-level shell of the widget. Note that this function
1467 can be called when the widget is not yet realized, so XtWindow
1468 (widget) == 0. That's the reason we can't simply use
1469 x_any_window_to_frame. */
1470 while (!XtIsTopLevelShell (widget
))
1471 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
1473 /* Look for a frame with that top-level widget. Allocate the color
1474 on that frame to get the right gamma correction value. */
1475 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
1476 if (FRAMEP (XCAR (tail
))
1477 && (f
= XFRAME (XCAR (tail
)),
1479 && f
->output_data
.nothing
!= 1
1480 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
))
1481 && f
->output_data
.x
->widget
== widget
)
1490 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1491 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1492 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1493 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1494 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1495 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1498 x_alloc_lighter_color_for_widget (Widget widget
, Display
*display
, Colormap cmap
,
1499 unsigned long *pixel
, double factor
, int delta
)
1501 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1502 return x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
);
1508 /* Structure specifying which arguments should be passed by Xt to
1509 cvt_string_to_pixel. We want the widget's screen and colormap. */
1511 static XtConvertArgRec cvt_string_to_pixel_args
[] =
1513 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.screen
),
1515 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.colormap
),
1520 /* The address of this variable is returned by
1521 cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1523 static Pixel cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1526 /* Convert a color name to a pixel color.
1528 DPY is the display we are working on.
1530 ARGS is an array of *NARGS XrmValue structures holding additional
1531 information about the widget for which the conversion takes place.
1532 The contents of this array are determined by the specification
1533 in cvt_string_to_pixel_args.
1535 FROM is a pointer to an XrmValue which points to the color name to
1536 convert. TO is an XrmValue in which to return the pixel color.
1538 CLOSURE_RET is a pointer to user-data, in which we record if
1539 we allocated the color or not.
1541 Value is True if successful, False otherwise. */
1544 cvt_string_to_pixel (Display
*dpy
, XrmValue
*args
, Cardinal
*nargs
,
1545 XrmValue
*from
, XrmValue
*to
,
1546 XtPointer
*closure_ret
)
1556 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1557 "wrongParameters", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1559 "Screen and colormap args required", NULL
, NULL
);
1563 screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1564 cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1565 color_name
= (String
) from
->addr
;
1567 if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultBackground
) == 0)
1569 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1570 pixel
= WhitePixelOfScreen (screen
);
1572 else if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultForeground
) == 0)
1574 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1575 pixel
= BlackPixelOfScreen (screen
);
1577 else if (XParseColor (dpy
, cmap
, color_name
, &color
)
1578 && x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, &color
))
1580 pixel
= color
.pixel
;
1581 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) True
;
1586 Cardinal nparams
= 1;
1588 params
[0] = color_name
;
1589 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1590 "badValue", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1591 "XtToolkitError", "Invalid color `%s'",
1596 if (to
->addr
!= NULL
)
1598 if (to
->size
< sizeof (Pixel
))
1600 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1604 *(Pixel
*) to
->addr
= pixel
;
1608 cvt_string_to_pixel_value
= pixel
;
1609 to
->addr
= (XtPointer
) &cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1612 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1617 /* Free a pixel color which was previously allocated via
1618 cvt_string_to_pixel. This is registered as the destructor
1619 for this type of resource via XtSetTypeConverter.
1621 APP is the application context in which we work.
1623 TO is a pointer to an XrmValue holding the color to free.
1624 CLOSURE is the value we stored in CLOSURE_RET for this color
1625 in cvt_string_to_pixel.
1627 ARGS and NARGS are like for cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1630 cvt_pixel_dtor (XtAppContext app
, XrmValuePtr to
, XtPointer closure
, XrmValuePtr args
,
1635 XtAppWarningMsg (app
, "wrongParameters", "cvt_pixel_dtor",
1637 "Screen and colormap arguments required",
1640 else if (closure
!= NULL
)
1642 /* We did allocate the pixel, so free it. */
1643 Screen
*screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1644 Colormap cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1645 x_free_dpy_colors (DisplayOfScreen (screen
), screen
, cmap
,
1646 (Pixel
*) to
->addr
, 1);
1651 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
1654 /* Value is an array of XColor structures for the contents of the
1655 color map of display DPY. Set *NCELLS to the size of the array.
1656 Note that this probably shouldn't be called for large color maps,
1657 say a 24-bit TrueColor map. */
1659 static const XColor
*
1660 x_color_cells (Display
*dpy
, int *ncells
)
1662 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1664 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
== NULL
)
1666 Screen
*screen
= dpyinfo
->screen
;
1667 int ncolor_cells
= XDisplayCells (dpy
, XScreenNumberOfScreen (screen
));
1670 dpyinfo
->color_cells
= xnmalloc (ncolor_cells
,
1671 sizeof *dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1672 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
= ncolor_cells
;
1674 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolor_cells
; ++i
)
1675 dpyinfo
->color_cells
[i
].pixel
= i
;
1677 XQueryColors (dpy
, dpyinfo
->cmap
,
1678 dpyinfo
->color_cells
, ncolor_cells
);
1681 *ncells
= dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
;
1682 return dpyinfo
->color_cells
;
1686 /* On frame F, translate pixel colors to RGB values for the NCOLORS
1687 colors in COLORS. Use cached information, if available. */
1690 x_query_colors (struct frame
*f
, XColor
*colors
, int ncolors
)
1692 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1694 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
)
1697 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolors
; ++i
)
1699 unsigned long pixel
= colors
[i
].pixel
;
1700 xassert (pixel
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1701 xassert (dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
].pixel
== pixel
);
1702 colors
[i
] = dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
];
1706 XQueryColors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), colors
, ncolors
);
1710 /* On frame F, translate pixel color to RGB values for the color in
1711 COLOR. Use cached information, if available. */
1714 x_query_color (struct frame
*f
, XColor
*color
)
1716 x_query_colors (f
, color
, 1);
1720 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on DISPLAY, colormap CMAP. If an
1721 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1722 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1726 x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (Display
*dpy
, Colormap cmap
, XColor
*color
)
1730 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
1733 /* If we got to this point, the colormap is full, so we're going
1734 to try to get the next closest color. The algorithm used is
1735 a least-squares matching, which is what X uses for closest
1736 color matching with StaticColor visuals. */
1738 int max_color_delta
= 255;
1739 int max_delta
= 3 * max_color_delta
;
1740 int nearest_delta
= max_delta
+ 1;
1742 const XColor
*cells
= x_color_cells (dpy
, &ncells
);
1744 for (nearest
= i
= 0; i
< ncells
; ++i
)
1746 int dred
= (color
->red
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].red
>> 8);
1747 int dgreen
= (color
->green
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].green
>> 8);
1748 int dblue
= (color
->blue
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].blue
>> 8);
1749 int delta
= dred
* dred
+ dgreen
* dgreen
+ dblue
* dblue
;
1751 if (delta
< nearest_delta
)
1754 nearest_delta
= delta
;
1758 color
->red
= cells
[nearest
].red
;
1759 color
->green
= cells
[nearest
].green
;
1760 color
->blue
= cells
[nearest
].blue
;
1761 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
1765 /* If allocation succeeded, and the allocated pixel color is not
1766 equal to a cached pixel color recorded earlier, there was a
1767 change in the colormap, so clear the color cache. */
1768 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1769 XColor
*cached_color
;
1771 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
1772 && (cached_color
= &dpyinfo
->color_cells
[color
->pixel
],
1773 (cached_color
->red
!= color
->red
1774 || cached_color
->blue
!= color
->blue
1775 || cached_color
->green
!= color
->green
)))
1777 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1778 dpyinfo
->color_cells
= NULL
;
1779 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
= 0;
1783 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1785 register_color (color
->pixel
);
1786 #endif /* DEBUG_X_COLORS */
1792 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on frame F, colormap CMAP. If an
1793 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1794 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1798 x_alloc_nearest_color (struct frame
*f
, Colormap cmap
, XColor
*color
)
1800 gamma_correct (f
, color
);
1801 return x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), cmap
, color
);
1805 /* Allocate color PIXEL on frame F. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1806 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1807 get color reference counts right. */
1810 x_copy_color (struct frame
*f
, long unsigned int pixel
)
1814 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1816 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1817 XAllocColor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), &color
);
1819 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1820 register_color (pixel
);
1826 /* Brightness beyond which a color won't have its highlight brightness
1829 Nominally, highlight colors for `3d' faces are calculated by
1830 brightening an object's color by a constant scale factor, but this
1831 doesn't yield good results for dark colors, so for colors who's
1832 brightness is less than this value (on a scale of 0-65535) have an
1833 use an additional additive factor.
1835 The value here is set so that the default menu-bar/mode-line color
1836 (grey75) will not have its highlights changed at all. */
1837 #define HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT 48000
1840 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1841 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1842 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1843 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1844 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1845 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1848 x_alloc_lighter_color (struct frame
*f
, Display
*display
, Colormap cmap
, long unsigned int *pixel
, double factor
, int delta
)
1854 /* Get RGB color values. */
1855 color
.pixel
= *pixel
;
1856 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1858 /* Change RGB values by specified FACTOR. Avoid overflow! */
1859 xassert (factor
>= 0);
1860 new.red
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.red
);
1861 new.green
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.green
);
1862 new.blue
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.blue
);
1864 /* Calculate brightness of COLOR. */
1865 bright
= (2 * color
.red
+ 3 * color
.green
+ color
.blue
) / 6;
1867 /* We only boost colors that are darker than
1868 HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT. */
1869 if (bright
< HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
)
1870 /* Make an additive adjustment to NEW, because it's dark enough so
1871 that scaling by FACTOR alone isn't enough. */
1873 /* How far below the limit this color is (0 - 1, 1 being darker). */
1874 double dimness
= 1 - (double)bright
/ HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
;
1875 /* The additive adjustment. */
1876 int min_delta
= delta
* dimness
* factor
/ 2;
1880 new.red
= max (0, new.red
- min_delta
);
1881 new.green
= max (0, new.green
- min_delta
);
1882 new.blue
= max (0, new.blue
- min_delta
);
1886 new.red
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.red
);
1887 new.green
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.green
);
1888 new.blue
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.blue
);
1892 /* Try to allocate the color. */
1893 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1896 if (new.pixel
== *pixel
)
1898 /* If we end up with the same color as before, try adding
1899 delta to the RGB values. */
1900 x_free_colors (f
, &new.pixel
, 1);
1902 new.red
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.red
);
1903 new.green
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.green
);
1904 new.blue
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.blue
);
1905 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1916 /* Set up the foreground color for drawing relief lines of glyph
1917 string S. RELIEF is a pointer to a struct relief containing the GC
1918 with which lines will be drawn. Use a color that is FACTOR or
1919 DELTA lighter or darker than the relief's background which is found
1920 in S->f->output_data.x->relief_background. If such a color cannot
1921 be allocated, use DEFAULT_PIXEL, instead. */
1924 x_setup_relief_color (struct frame
*f
, struct relief
*relief
, double factor
, int delta
, long unsigned int default_pixel
)
1927 struct x_output
*di
= f
->output_data
.x
;
1928 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCLineWidth
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1929 unsigned long pixel
;
1930 unsigned long background
= di
->relief_background
;
1931 Colormap cmap
= FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
);
1932 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1933 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
1935 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1936 xgcv
.line_width
= 1;
1938 /* Free previously allocated color. The color cell will be reused
1939 when it has been freed as many times as it was allocated, so this
1940 doesn't affect faces using the same colors. */
1942 && relief
->allocated_p
)
1944 x_free_colors (f
, &relief
->pixel
, 1);
1945 relief
->allocated_p
= 0;
1948 /* Allocate new color. */
1949 xgcv
.foreground
= default_pixel
;
1951 if (dpyinfo
->n_planes
!= 1
1952 && x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, dpy
, cmap
, &pixel
, factor
, delta
))
1954 relief
->allocated_p
= 1;
1955 xgcv
.foreground
= relief
->pixel
= pixel
;
1958 if (relief
->gc
== 0)
1960 xgcv
.stipple
= dpyinfo
->gray
;
1962 relief
->gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), mask
, &xgcv
);
1965 XChangeGC (dpy
, relief
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1969 /* Set up colors for the relief lines around glyph string S. */
1972 x_setup_relief_colors (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1974 struct x_output
*di
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
;
1975 unsigned long color
;
1977 if (s
->face
->use_box_color_for_shadows_p
)
1978 color
= s
->face
->box_color
;
1979 else if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
1981 && !IMAGE_BACKGROUND_TRANSPARENT (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0))
1982 color
= IMAGE_BACKGROUND (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0);
1987 /* Get the background color of the face. */
1988 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1989 color
= xgcv
.background
;
1992 if (di
->white_relief
.gc
== 0
1993 || color
!= di
->relief_background
)
1995 di
->relief_background
= color
;
1996 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->white_relief
, 1.2, 0x8000,
1997 WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
1998 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->black_relief
, 0.6, 0x4000,
1999 BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
2004 /* Draw a relief on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X,
2005 TOP_Y, RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the relief
2006 to draw, it must be >= 0. RAISED_P non-zero means draw a raised
2007 relief. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the left side of
2008 the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the right
2009 side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping rectangle to use
2013 x_draw_relief_rect (struct frame
*f
,
2014 int left_x
, int top_y
, int right_x
, int bottom_y
, int width
,
2015 int raised_p
, int top_p
, int bot_p
, int left_p
, int right_p
,
2016 XRectangle
*clip_rect
)
2018 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
2019 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
2024 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2026 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2027 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2029 /* This code is more complicated than it has to be, because of two
2030 minor hacks to make the boxes look nicer: (i) if width > 1, draw
2031 the outermost line using the black relief. (ii) Omit the four
2038 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2039 left_x
+ (left_p
? 1 : 0), top_y
,
2040 right_x
+ (right_p
? 0 : 1), top_y
);
2042 for (i
= 1; i
< width
; ++i
)
2043 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2044 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, top_y
+ i
,
2045 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, top_y
+ i
);
2052 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
, left_x
, top_y
+ 1, left_x
, bottom_y
);
2054 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, left_x
, top_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2055 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, left_x
, bottom_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2057 for (i
= (width
> 1 ? 1 : 0); i
< width
; ++i
)
2058 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2059 left_x
+ i
, top_y
+ i
, left_x
+ i
, bottom_y
- i
+ 1);
2062 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2064 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2066 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2067 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2071 /* Outermost top line. */
2073 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2074 left_x
+ (left_p
? 1 : 0), top_y
,
2075 right_x
+ (right_p
? 0 : 1), top_y
);
2077 /* Outermost left line. */
2079 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
, left_x
, top_y
+ 1, left_x
, bottom_y
);
2085 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2086 left_x
+ (left_p
? 1 : 0), bottom_y
,
2087 right_x
+ (right_p
? 0 : 1), bottom_y
);
2088 for (i
= 1; i
< width
; ++i
)
2089 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2090 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, bottom_y
- i
,
2091 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, bottom_y
- i
);
2097 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, right_x
, top_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2098 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, right_x
, bottom_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2099 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2100 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2101 right_x
- i
, top_y
+ i
+ 1, right_x
- i
, bottom_y
- i
);
2104 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2108 /* Draw a box on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X, TOP_Y,
2109 RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the lines to
2110 draw, it must be >= 0. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a line on the
2111 left side of the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a line
2112 on the right side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping
2113 rectangle to use when drawing. */
2116 x_draw_box_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
,
2117 int left_x
, int top_y
, int right_x
, int bottom_y
, int width
,
2118 int left_p
, int right_p
, XRectangle
*clip_rect
)
2122 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2123 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->box_color
);
2124 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2127 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2128 left_x
, top_y
, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2132 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2133 left_x
, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2136 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2137 left_x
, bottom_y
- width
+ 1, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2141 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2142 right_x
- width
+ 1, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2144 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2145 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2149 /* Draw a box around glyph string S. */
2152 x_draw_glyph_string_box (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2154 int width
, left_x
, right_x
, top_y
, bottom_y
, last_x
, raised_p
;
2155 int left_p
, right_p
;
2156 struct glyph
*last_glyph
;
2157 XRectangle clip_rect
;
2159 last_x
= ((s
->row
->full_width_p
&& !s
->w
->pseudo_window_p
)
2160 ? WINDOW_RIGHT_EDGE_X (s
->w
)
2161 : window_box_right (s
->w
, s
->area
));
2163 /* The glyph that may have a right box line. */
2164 last_glyph
= (s
->cmp
|| s
->img
2166 : s
->first_glyph
+ s
->nchars
- 1);
2168 width
= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2169 raised_p
= s
->face
->box
== FACE_RAISED_BOX
;
2171 right_x
= (s
->row
->full_width_p
&& s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
2173 : min (last_x
, s
->x
+ s
->background_width
) - 1);
2175 bottom_y
= top_y
+ s
->height
- 1;
2177 left_p
= (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2178 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2180 || s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2181 right_p
= (last_glyph
->right_box_line_p
2182 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2184 || s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2186 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2188 if (s
->face
->box
== FACE_SIMPLE_BOX
)
2189 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2190 left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2193 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2194 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
,
2195 width
, raised_p
, 1, 1, left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2200 /* Draw foreground of image glyph string S. */
2203 x_draw_image_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2206 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2208 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2209 right of that line. */
2210 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2211 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2213 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2215 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2217 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2218 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2219 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2220 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2226 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2227 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2228 trust on the shape extension to be available
2229 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2231 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2234 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2236 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2237 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
;
2238 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
;
2239 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2240 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2242 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2245 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2246 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2247 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2248 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2249 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2250 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2254 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2256 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2259 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2260 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2261 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2262 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2263 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2264 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2266 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2267 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2268 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2269 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2270 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2271 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2272 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2274 int relief
= s
->img
->relief
;
2275 if (relief
< 0) relief
= -relief
;
2276 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2277 x
- relief
, y
- relief
,
2278 s
->slice
.width
+ relief
*2 - 1,
2279 s
->slice
.height
+ relief
*2 - 1);
2284 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2285 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2286 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2290 /* Draw a relief around the image glyph string S. */
2293 x_draw_image_relief (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2295 int x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
, extra
;
2298 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2300 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2301 right of that line. */
2302 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2303 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2305 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2307 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2309 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2310 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2311 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2312 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2314 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
2315 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
)
2317 thick
= tool_bar_button_relief
>= 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief
: DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_RELIEF
;
2318 raised_p
= s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
2322 thick
= eabs (s
->img
->relief
);
2323 raised_p
= s
->img
->relief
> 0;
2326 extra
= s
->face
->id
== TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID
2327 ? XINT (Vtool_bar_button_margin
) : 0;
2329 x0
= x
- thick
- extra
;
2330 y0
= y
- thick
- extra
;
2331 x1
= x
+ s
->slice
.width
+ thick
- 1 + extra
;
2332 y1
= y
+ s
->slice
.height
+ thick
- 1 + extra
;
2334 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2335 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2336 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
,
2338 s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
== s
->img
->height
,
2340 s
->slice
.x
+ s
->slice
.width
== s
->img
->width
,
2345 /* Draw the foreground of image glyph string S to PIXMAP. */
2348 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (struct glyph_string
*s
, Pixmap pixmap
)
2351 int y
= s
->ybase
- s
->y
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2353 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2354 right of that line. */
2355 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2356 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2358 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2360 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2362 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2363 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2364 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2365 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2371 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2372 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2373 trust on the shape extension to be available
2374 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2376 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2380 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2381 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
- s
->slice
.x
;
2382 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
- s
->slice
.y
;
2383 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2384 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2386 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2387 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2388 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2389 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2393 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2394 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2395 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2397 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2398 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2399 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2400 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2401 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2402 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2403 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2405 int r
= s
->img
->relief
;
2407 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
- r
, y
- r
,
2408 s
->slice
.width
+ r
*2 - 1,
2409 s
->slice
.height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2414 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2415 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2416 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2420 /* Draw part of the background of glyph string S. X, Y, W, and H
2421 give the rectangle to draw. */
2424 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
, int x
, int y
, int w
, int h
)
2428 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2429 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2430 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2431 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2434 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2438 /* Draw image glyph string S.
2441 s->x +-------------------------
2444 | +-------------------------
2447 | | +-------------------
2453 x_draw_image_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2455 int box_line_hwidth
= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2456 int box_line_vwidth
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
2458 Pixmap pixmap
= None
;
2461 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2462 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2463 if (s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
>= s
->img
->height
)
2464 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2466 /* Fill background with face under the image. Do it only if row is
2467 taller than image or if image has a clip mask to reduce
2469 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2470 if (height
> s
->slice
.height
2474 || s
->img
->pixmap
== 0
2475 || s
->width
!= s
->background_width
)
2479 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. Fill it
2480 with the background color. Copy the image to it, using
2481 its mask. Copy the temporary pixmap to the display. */
2482 Screen
*screen
= FRAME_X_SCREEN (s
->f
);
2483 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (screen
);
2485 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. */
2486 pixmap
= XCreatePixmap (s
->display
, s
->window
,
2487 s
->background_width
,
2490 /* Don't clip in the following because we're working on the
2492 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2494 /* Fill the pixmap with the background color/stipple. */
2497 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2498 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2499 XSetTSOrigin (s
->display
, s
->gc
, - s
->x
, - s
->y
);
2500 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2501 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2502 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2503 XSetTSOrigin (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0);
2508 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
,
2510 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2511 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2512 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2513 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2521 if (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2523 x
+= box_line_hwidth
;
2525 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2526 y
+= box_line_vwidth
;
2528 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, s
->background_width
, height
);
2531 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2534 /* Draw the foreground. */
2537 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
);
2538 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2539 XCopyArea (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2540 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
, s
->x
, s
->y
);
2541 XFreePixmap (s
->display
, pixmap
);
2544 x_draw_image_foreground (s
);
2546 /* If we must draw a relief around the image, do it. */
2548 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
2549 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
2550 x_draw_image_relief (s
);
2554 /* Draw stretch glyph string S. */
2557 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2559 xassert (s
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
);
2561 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
2562 && !x_stretch_cursor_p
)
2564 /* If `x-stretch-cursor' is nil, don't draw a block cursor as
2565 wide as the stretch glyph. */
2566 int width
, background_width
= s
->background_width
;
2569 if (!s
->row
->reversed_p
)
2571 int left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2575 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
2581 /* In R2L rows, draw the cursor on the right edge of the
2583 int right_x
= window_box_right_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2585 if (x
+ background_width
> right_x
)
2586 background_width
-= x
- right_x
;
2587 x
+= background_width
;
2589 width
= min (FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (s
->f
), background_width
);
2590 if (s
->row
->reversed_p
)
2594 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, width
, s
->height
);
2596 /* Clear rest using the GC of the original non-cursor face. */
2597 if (width
< background_width
)
2600 int w
= background_width
- width
, h
= s
->height
;
2604 if (!s
->row
->reversed_p
)
2608 if (s
->row
->mouse_face_p
2609 && cursor_in_mouse_face_p (s
->w
))
2611 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
2617 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2618 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
2620 if (s
->face
->stipple
)
2622 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2623 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2624 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2625 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillSolid
);
2630 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
2631 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2632 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2633 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2637 else if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
2639 int background_width
= s
->background_width
;
2640 int x
= s
->x
, left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2642 /* Don't draw into left margin, fringe or scrollbar area
2643 except for header line and mode line. */
2644 if (x
< left_x
&& !s
->row
->mode_line_p
)
2646 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
2649 if (background_width
> 0)
2650 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, background_width
, s
->height
);
2653 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2657 /* Draw glyph string S. */
2660 x_draw_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2662 int relief_drawn_p
= 0;
2664 /* If S draws into the background of its successors, draw the
2665 background of the successors first so that S can draw into it.
2666 This makes S->next use XDrawString instead of XDrawImageString. */
2667 if (s
->next
&& s
->right_overhang
&& !s
->for_overlaps
)
2670 struct glyph_string
*next
;
2672 for (width
= 0, next
= s
->next
;
2673 next
&& width
< s
->right_overhang
;
2674 width
+= next
->width
, next
= next
->next
)
2675 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
!= IMAGE_GLYPH
)
2677 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
2678 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (next
);
2679 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
)
2680 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (next
);
2682 x_draw_glyph_string_background (next
, 1);
2683 next
->num_clips
= 0;
2687 /* Set up S->gc, set clipping and draw S. */
2688 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
);
2690 /* Draw relief (if any) in advance for char/composition so that the
2691 glyph string can be drawn over it. */
2692 if (!s
->for_overlaps
2693 && s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2694 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
2695 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
2698 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2699 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2700 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2701 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2704 else if (!s
->clip_head
/* draw_glyphs didn't specify a clip mask. */
2706 && ((s
->prev
&& s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->left_overhang
)
2707 || (s
->next
&& s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->right_overhang
)))
2708 /* We must clip just this glyph. left_overhang part has already
2709 drawn when s->prev was drawn, and right_overhang part will be
2710 drawn later when s->next is drawn. */
2711 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, s
);
2713 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2715 switch (s
->first_glyph
->type
)
2718 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
);
2722 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
);
2726 if (s
->for_overlaps
)
2727 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2729 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 0);
2730 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2733 case COMPOSITE_GLYPH
:
2734 if (s
->for_overlaps
|| (s
->cmp_from
> 0
2735 && ! s
->first_glyph
->u
.cmp
.automatic
))
2736 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2738 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2739 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2742 case GLYPHLESS_GLYPH
:
2743 if (s
->for_overlaps
)
2744 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2746 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2747 x_draw_glyphless_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2754 if (!s
->for_overlaps
)
2756 /* Draw underline. */
2757 if (s
->face
->underline_p
)
2759 unsigned long thickness
, position
;
2762 if (s
->prev
&& s
->prev
->face
->underline_p
)
2764 /* We use the same underline style as the previous one. */
2765 thickness
= s
->prev
->underline_thickness
;
2766 position
= s
->prev
->underline_position
;
2770 /* Get the underline thickness. Default is 1 pixel. */
2771 if (s
->font
&& s
->font
->underline_thickness
> 0)
2772 thickness
= s
->font
->underline_thickness
;
2775 if (x_underline_at_descent_line
)
2776 position
= (s
->height
- thickness
) - (s
->ybase
- s
->y
);
2779 /* Get the underline position. This is the recommended
2780 vertical offset in pixels from the baseline to the top of
2781 the underline. This is a signed value according to the
2782 specs, and its default is
2784 ROUND ((maximum descent) / 2), with
2785 ROUND(x) = floor (x + 0.5) */
2787 if (x_use_underline_position_properties
2788 && s
->font
&& s
->font
->underline_position
>= 0)
2789 position
= s
->font
->underline_position
;
2791 position
= (s
->font
->descent
+ 1) / 2;
2793 position
= underline_minimum_offset
;
2795 position
= max (position
, underline_minimum_offset
);
2797 /* Check the sanity of thickness and position. We should
2798 avoid drawing underline out of the current line area. */
2799 if (s
->y
+ s
->height
<= s
->ybase
+ position
)
2800 position
= (s
->height
- 1) - (s
->ybase
- s
->y
);
2801 if (s
->y
+ s
->height
< s
->ybase
+ position
+ thickness
)
2802 thickness
= (s
->y
+ s
->height
) - (s
->ybase
+ position
);
2803 s
->underline_thickness
= thickness
;
2804 s
->underline_position
= position
;
2805 y
= s
->ybase
+ position
;
2806 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
2807 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2808 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, thickness
);
2812 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2813 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->underline_color
);
2814 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2815 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, thickness
);
2816 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2820 /* Draw overline. */
2821 if (s
->face
->overline_p
)
2823 unsigned long dy
= 0, h
= 1;
2825 if (s
->face
->overline_color_defaulted_p
)
2826 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2831 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2832 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->overline_color
);
2833 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2835 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2839 /* Draw strike-through. */
2840 if (s
->face
->strike_through_p
)
2842 unsigned long h
= 1;
2843 unsigned long dy
= (s
->height
- h
) / 2;
2845 if (s
->face
->strike_through_color_defaulted_p
)
2846 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2851 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2852 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->strike_through_color
);
2853 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2855 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2859 /* Draw relief if not yet drawn. */
2860 if (!relief_drawn_p
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
2861 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2865 struct glyph_string
*prev
;
2867 for (prev
= s
->prev
; prev
; prev
= prev
->prev
)
2868 if (prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
2869 && prev
->x
+ prev
->width
+ prev
->right_overhang
> s
->x
)
2871 /* As prev was drawn while clipped to its own area, we
2872 must draw the right_overhang part using s->hl now. */
2873 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= prev
->hl
;
2876 x_set_glyph_string_gc (prev
);
2877 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, prev
);
2878 if (prev
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
2879 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (prev
);
2881 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (prev
);
2882 XSetClipMask (prev
->display
, prev
->gc
, None
);
2884 prev
->num_clips
= 0;
2890 struct glyph_string
*next
;
2892 for (next
= s
->next
; next
; next
= next
->next
)
2893 if (next
->hl
!= s
->hl
2894 && next
->x
- next
->left_overhang
< s
->x
+ s
->width
)
2896 /* As next will be drawn while clipped to its own area,
2897 we must draw the left_overhang part using s->hl now. */
2898 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= next
->hl
;
2901 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
2902 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, next
);
2903 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
2904 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (next
);
2906 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (next
);
2907 XSetClipMask (next
->display
, next
->gc
, None
);
2909 next
->num_clips
= 0;
2914 /* Reset clipping. */
2915 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2919 /* Shift display to make room for inserted glyphs. */
2922 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
, int shift_by
)
2924 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
2925 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
2926 x
, y
, width
, height
,
2930 /* Delete N glyphs at the nominal cursor position. Not implemented
2934 x_delete_glyphs (struct frame
*f
, register int n
)
2940 /* Like XClearArea, but check that WIDTH and HEIGHT are reasonable.
2941 If they are <= 0, this is probably an error. */
2944 x_clear_area (Display
*dpy
, Window window
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
, int exposures
)
2946 xassert (width
> 0 && height
> 0);
2947 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, exposures
);
2951 /* Clear an entire frame. */
2954 x_clear_frame (struct frame
*f
)
2956 /* Clearing the frame will erase any cursor, so mark them all as no
2958 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f
)));
2959 output_cursor
.hpos
= output_cursor
.vpos
= 0;
2960 output_cursor
.x
= -1;
2962 /* We don't set the output cursor here because there will always
2963 follow an explicit cursor_to. */
2966 XClearWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
2968 /* We have to clear the scroll bars. If we have changed colors or
2969 something like that, then they should be notified. */
2970 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
);
2972 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
2973 /* Make sure scroll bars are redrawn. As they aren't redrawn by
2974 redisplay, do it here. */
2975 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
2976 gtk_widget_queue_draw (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
2979 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
2986 /* Invert the middle quarter of the frame for .15 sec. */
2988 /* We use the select system call to do the waiting, so we have to make
2989 sure it's available. If it isn't, we just won't do visual bells. */
2991 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
2994 /* Subtract the `struct timeval' values X and Y, storing the result in
2995 *RESULT. Return 1 if the difference is negative, otherwise 0. */
2998 timeval_subtract (struct timeval
*result
, struct timeval x
, struct timeval y
)
3000 /* Perform the carry for the later subtraction by updating y. This
3001 is safer because on some systems the tv_sec member is unsigned. */
3002 if (x
.tv_usec
< y
.tv_usec
)
3004 int nsec
= (y
.tv_usec
- x
.tv_usec
) / 1000000 + 1;
3005 y
.tv_usec
-= 1000000 * nsec
;
3009 if (x
.tv_usec
- y
.tv_usec
> 1000000)
3011 int nsec
= (y
.tv_usec
- x
.tv_usec
) / 1000000;
3012 y
.tv_usec
+= 1000000 * nsec
;
3016 /* Compute the time remaining to wait. tv_usec is certainly
3018 result
->tv_sec
= x
.tv_sec
- y
.tv_sec
;
3019 result
->tv_usec
= x
.tv_usec
- y
.tv_usec
;
3021 /* Return indication of whether the result should be considered
3023 return x
.tv_sec
< y
.tv_sec
;
3027 XTflash (struct frame
*f
)
3033 /* Use Gdk routines to draw. This way, we won't draw over scroll bars
3034 when the scroll bars and the edit widget share the same X window. */
3035 GdkWindow
*window
= gtk_widget_get_window (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
3037 cairo_t
*cr
= gdk_cairo_create (window
);
3038 cairo_set_source_rgb (cr
, 1, 1, 1);
3039 cairo_set_operator (cr
, CAIRO_OPERATOR_DIFFERENCE
);
3040 #define XFillRectangle(d, win, gc, x, y, w, h) \
3042 cairo_rectangle (cr, x, y, w, h); \
3046 #else /* ! HAVE_GTK3 */
3049 vals
.foreground
.pixel
= (FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
)
3050 ^ FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
3051 vals
.function
= GDK_XOR
;
3052 gc
= gdk_gc_new_with_values (window
,
3053 &vals
, GDK_GC_FUNCTION
| GDK_GC_FOREGROUND
);
3054 #define XFillRectangle(d, win, gc, x, y, w, h) \
3055 gdk_draw_rectangle (window, gc, TRUE, x, y, w, h)
3056 #endif /* ! HAVE_GTK3 */
3057 #else /* ! USE_GTK */
3060 /* Create a GC that will use the GXxor function to flip foreground
3061 pixels into background pixels. */
3065 values
.function
= GXxor
;
3066 values
.foreground
= (FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
)
3067 ^ FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
3069 gc
= XCreateGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3070 GCFunction
| GCForeground
, &values
);
3074 /* Get the height not including a menu bar widget. */
3075 int height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, FRAME_LINES (f
));
3076 /* Height of each line to flash. */
3077 int flash_height
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
3078 /* These will be the left and right margins of the rectangles. */
3079 int flash_left
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
3080 int flash_right
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
3084 /* Don't flash the area between a scroll bar and the frame
3085 edge it is next to. */
3086 switch (FRAME_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TYPE (f
))
3088 case vertical_scroll_bar_left
:
3089 flash_left
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
3092 case vertical_scroll_bar_right
:
3093 flash_right
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
3100 width
= flash_right
- flash_left
;
3102 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
3103 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
3105 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3107 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3108 + FRAME_TOP_MARGIN_HEIGHT (f
)),
3109 width
, flash_height
);
3110 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3112 (height
- flash_height
3113 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3114 width
, flash_height
);
3118 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3119 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3120 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3121 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3126 struct timeval wakeup
;
3128 EMACS_GET_TIME (wakeup
);
3130 /* Compute time to wait until, propagating carry from usecs. */
3131 wakeup
.tv_usec
+= 150000;
3132 wakeup
.tv_sec
+= (wakeup
.tv_usec
/ 1000000);
3133 wakeup
.tv_usec
%= 1000000;
3135 /* Keep waiting until past the time wakeup or any input gets
3137 while (! detect_input_pending ())
3139 struct timeval current
;
3140 struct timeval timeout
;
3142 EMACS_GET_TIME (current
);
3144 /* Break if result would be negative. */
3145 if (timeval_subtract (¤t
, wakeup
, current
))
3148 /* How long `select' should wait. */
3150 timeout
.tv_usec
= 10000;
3152 /* Try to wait that long--but we might wake up sooner. */
3153 select (0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, &timeout
);
3157 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
3158 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
3160 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3162 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3163 + FRAME_TOP_MARGIN_HEIGHT (f
)),
3164 width
, flash_height
);
3165 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3167 (height
- flash_height
3168 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3169 width
, flash_height
);
3172 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3173 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3174 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3175 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3181 g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (gc
));
3183 #undef XFillRectangle
3185 XFreeGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
);
3194 #endif /* defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT) */
3198 XTtoggle_invisible_pointer (FRAME_PTR f
, int invisible
)
3203 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->invisible_cursor
!= 0)
3204 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3205 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->invisible_cursor
);
3208 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3209 f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
);
3210 f
->pointer_invisible
= invisible
;
3215 /* Make audible bell. */
3218 XTring_bell (struct frame
*f
)
3220 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))
3222 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
3229 XBell (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), 0);
3230 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3237 /* Specify how many text lines, from the top of the window,
3238 should be affected by insert-lines and delete-lines operations.
3239 This, and those operations, are used only within an update
3240 that is bounded by calls to x_update_begin and x_update_end. */
3243 XTset_terminal_window (struct frame
*f
, int n
)
3245 /* This function intentionally left blank. */
3250 /***********************************************************************
3252 ***********************************************************************/
3254 /* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation, inserting N
3255 lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS. */
3258 x_ins_del_lines (struct frame
*f
, int vpos
, int n
)
3264 /* Scroll part of the display as described by RUN. */
3267 x_scroll_run (struct window
*w
, struct run
*run
)
3269 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
3270 int x
, y
, width
, height
, from_y
, to_y
, bottom_y
;
3272 /* Get frame-relative bounding box of the text display area of W,
3273 without mode lines. Include in this box the left and right
3275 window_box (w
, -1, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
);
3277 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
3278 /* If the fringe is adjacent to the left (right) scroll bar of a
3279 leftmost (rightmost, respectively) window, then extend its
3280 background to the gap between the fringe and the bar. */
3281 if ((WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
3282 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
3283 || (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
3284 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
)))
3286 int sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
3290 int bar_area_x
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
3291 int bar_area_width
= (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
)
3292 * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
));
3294 if (bar_area_x
+ bar_area_width
== x
)
3296 x
= bar_area_x
+ sb_width
;
3297 width
+= bar_area_width
- sb_width
;
3299 else if (x
+ width
== bar_area_x
)
3300 width
+= bar_area_width
- sb_width
;
3305 from_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->current_y
);
3306 to_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->desired_y
);
3307 bottom_y
= y
+ height
;
3311 /* Scrolling up. Make sure we don't copy part of the mode
3312 line at the bottom. */
3313 if (from_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3314 height
= bottom_y
- from_y
;
3316 height
= run
->height
;
3320 /* Scrolling down. Make sure we don't copy over the mode line.
3322 if (to_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3323 height
= bottom_y
- to_y
;
3325 height
= run
->height
;
3330 /* Cursor off. Will be switched on again in x_update_window_end. */
3334 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
3335 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3336 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
3346 /***********************************************************************
3348 ***********************************************************************/
3352 frame_highlight (struct frame
*f
)
3354 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3355 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3356 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3357 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3359 /* I recently started to get errors in this XSetWindowBorder, depending on
3360 the window-manager in use, tho something more is at play since I've been
3361 using that same window-manager binary for ever. Let's not crash just
3362 because of this (bug#9310). */
3363 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3364 XSetWindowBorder (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3365 f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
3366 x_uncatch_errors ();
3368 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3369 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
3373 frame_unhighlight (struct frame
*f
)
3375 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3376 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3377 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3378 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3380 /* Same as above for XSetWindowBorder (bug#9310). */
3381 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3382 XSetWindowBorderPixmap (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3383 f
->output_data
.x
->border_tile
);
3384 x_uncatch_errors ();
3386 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3387 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
3390 /* The focus has changed. Update the frames as necessary to reflect
3391 the new situation. Note that we can't change the selected frame
3392 here, because the Lisp code we are interrupting might become confused.
3393 Each event gets marked with the frame in which it occurred, so the
3394 Lisp code can tell when the switch took place by examining the events. */
3397 x_new_focus_frame (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, struct frame
*frame
)
3399 struct frame
*old_focus
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3401 if (frame
!= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3403 /* Set this before calling other routines, so that they see
3404 the correct value of x_focus_frame. */
3405 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= frame
;
3407 if (old_focus
&& old_focus
->auto_lower
)
3408 x_lower_frame (old_focus
);
3410 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
&& dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
->auto_raise
)
3411 pending_autoraise_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3413 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
3416 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
);
3419 /* Handle FocusIn and FocusOut state changes for FRAME.
3420 If FRAME has focus and there exists more than one frame, puts
3421 a FOCUS_IN_EVENT into *BUFP. */
3424 x_focus_changed (int type
, int state
, struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, struct frame
*frame
, struct input_event
*bufp
)
3426 if (type
== FocusIn
)
3428 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
!= frame
)
3430 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
);
3431 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= frame
;
3433 /* Don't stop displaying the initial startup message
3434 for a switch-frame event we don't need. */
3435 if (NILP (Vterminal_frame
)
3436 && CONSP (Vframe_list
)
3437 && !NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
3439 bufp
->kind
= FOCUS_IN_EVENT
;
3440 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, frame
);
3444 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
|= state
;
3447 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3448 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3451 else if (type
== FocusOut
)
3453 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
&= ~state
;
3455 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
== frame
)
3457 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
3458 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
3462 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3463 XUnsetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3465 if (frame
->pointer_invisible
)
3466 XTtoggle_invisible_pointer (frame
, 0);
3470 /* The focus may have changed. Figure out if it is a real focus change,
3471 by checking both FocusIn/Out and Enter/LeaveNotify events.
3473 Returns FOCUS_IN_EVENT event in *BUFP. */
3476 x_detect_focus_change (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, XEvent
*event
, struct input_event
*bufp
)
3478 struct frame
*frame
;
3480 frame
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xany
.window
);
3484 switch (event
->type
)
3489 struct frame
*focus_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
;
3491 = focus_frame
? focus_frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
: 0;
3493 if (event
->xcrossing
.detail
!= NotifyInferior
3494 && event
->xcrossing
.focus
3495 && ! (focus_state
& FOCUS_EXPLICIT
))
3496 x_focus_changed ((event
->type
== EnterNotify
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3498 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3504 x_focus_changed (event
->type
,
3505 (event
->xfocus
.detail
== NotifyPointer
?
3506 FOCUS_IMPLICIT
: FOCUS_EXPLICIT
),
3507 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3511 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
)
3513 enum xembed_message msg
= event
->xclient
.data
.l
[1];
3514 x_focus_changed ((msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_IN
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3515 FOCUS_EXPLICIT
, dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3522 #if defined HAVE_MENUS && !defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && !defined USE_GTK
3523 /* Handle an event saying the mouse has moved out of an Emacs frame. */
3526 x_mouse_leave (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
3528 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
);
3532 /* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to
3533 another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate
3534 mini-buffer frame). Shift the highlight as appropriate.
3536 The FRAME argument doesn't necessarily have anything to do with which
3537 frame is being highlighted or un-highlighted; we only use it to find
3538 the appropriate X display info. */
3541 XTframe_rehighlight (struct frame
*frame
)
3543 x_frame_rehighlight (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (frame
));
3547 x_frame_rehighlight (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
3549 struct frame
*old_highlight
= dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
;
3551 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3553 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
3554 = ((FRAMEP (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)))
3555 ? XFRAME (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
))
3556 : dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
);
3557 if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
))
3559 FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
) = Qnil
;
3560 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3564 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
3566 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
!= old_highlight
)
3569 frame_unhighlight (old_highlight
);
3570 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
3571 frame_highlight (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
);
3577 /* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, vendor-specific keysyms, etc. */
3579 /* Initialize mode_switch_bit and modifier_meaning. */
3581 x_find_modifier_meanings (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
3583 int min_code
, max_code
;
3586 XModifierKeymap
*mods
;
3588 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= 0;
3589 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= 0;
3590 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3591 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
= 0;
3592 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
= 0;
3594 XDisplayKeycodes (dpyinfo
->display
, &min_code
, &max_code
);
3596 syms
= XGetKeyboardMapping (dpyinfo
->display
,
3597 min_code
, max_code
- min_code
+ 1,
3599 mods
= XGetModifierMapping (dpyinfo
->display
);
3601 /* Scan the modifier table to see which modifier bits the Meta and
3602 Alt keysyms are on. */
3604 int row
, col
; /* The row and column in the modifier table. */
3605 int found_alt_or_meta
;
3607 for (row
= 3; row
< 8; row
++)
3609 found_alt_or_meta
= 0;
3610 for (col
= 0; col
< mods
->max_keypermod
; col
++)
3612 KeyCode code
= mods
->modifiermap
[(row
* mods
->max_keypermod
) + col
];
3614 /* Zeroes are used for filler. Skip them. */
3618 /* Are any of this keycode's keysyms a meta key? */
3622 for (code_col
= 0; code_col
< syms_per_code
; code_col
++)
3624 int sym
= syms
[((code
- min_code
) * syms_per_code
) + code_col
];
3630 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3631 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3636 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3637 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3642 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3643 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3644 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3645 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3650 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3651 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3652 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3653 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3657 /* Ignore this if it's not on the lock modifier. */
3658 if (!found_alt_or_meta
&& ((1 << row
) == LockMask
))
3659 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= LockMask
;
3660 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3661 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3670 /* If we couldn't find any meta keys, accept any alt keys as meta keys. */
3671 if (! dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3673 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
;
3674 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3677 /* If some keys are both alt and meta,
3678 make them just meta, not alt. */
3679 if (dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3681 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
&= ~dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
;
3684 XFree ((char *) syms
);
3685 XFreeModifiermap (mods
);
3688 /* Convert between the modifier bits X uses and the modifier bits
3692 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, int state
)
3694 EMACS_INT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3695 EMACS_INT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3696 EMACS_INT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3697 EMACS_INT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3700 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3701 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_alt
= XINT (tem
);
3702 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3703 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_meta
= XINT (tem
);
3704 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3705 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_hyper
= XINT (tem
);
3706 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3707 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_super
= XINT (tem
);
3710 return ( ((state
& (ShiftMask
| dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
)) ? shift_modifier
: 0)
3711 | ((state
& ControlMask
) ? ctrl_modifier
: 0)
3712 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
) ? mod_meta
: 0)
3713 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
) ? mod_alt
: 0)
3714 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
) ? mod_super
: 0)
3715 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
) ? mod_hyper
: 0));
3719 x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, EMACS_INT state
)
3721 int mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3722 int mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3723 int mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3724 int mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3728 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3729 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_alt
= XINT (tem
);
3730 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3731 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_meta
= XINT (tem
);
3732 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3733 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_hyper
= XINT (tem
);
3734 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3735 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_super
= XINT (tem
);
3738 return ( ((state
& mod_alt
) ? dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
: 0)
3739 | ((state
& mod_super
) ? dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
: 0)
3740 | ((state
& mod_hyper
) ? dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
: 0)
3741 | ((state
& shift_modifier
) ? ShiftMask
: 0)
3742 | ((state
& ctrl_modifier
) ? ControlMask
: 0)
3743 | ((state
& mod_meta
) ? dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
: 0));
3746 /* Convert a keysym to its name. */
3749 x_get_keysym_name (int keysym
)
3754 value
= XKeysymToString (keysym
);
3762 /* Mouse clicks and mouse movement. Rah. */
3764 /* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue.
3766 If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed
3770 construct_mouse_click (struct input_event
*result
, XButtonEvent
*event
, struct frame
*f
)
3772 /* Make the event type NO_EVENT; we'll change that when we decide
3774 result
->kind
= MOUSE_CLICK_EVENT
;
3775 result
->code
= event
->button
- Button1
;
3776 result
->timestamp
= event
->time
;
3777 result
->modifiers
= (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
3779 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
3783 XSETINT (result
->x
, event
->x
);
3784 XSETINT (result
->y
, event
->y
);
3785 XSETFRAME (result
->frame_or_window
, f
);
3791 /* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code.
3792 The input handler calls this.
3794 We have received a mouse movement event, which is given in *event.
3795 If the mouse is over a different glyph than it was last time, tell
3796 the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved. If not, ask for
3797 another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves. */
3799 static XMotionEvent last_mouse_motion_event
;
3800 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_motion_frame
;
3803 note_mouse_movement (FRAME_PTR frame
, XMotionEvent
*event
)
3805 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->time
;
3806 last_mouse_motion_event
= *event
;
3807 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
, frame
);
3809 if (!FRAME_X_OUTPUT (frame
))
3812 if (event
->window
!= FRAME_X_WINDOW (frame
))
3814 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3815 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3816 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, -1, -1);
3817 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= 0;
3822 /* Has the mouse moved off the glyph it was on at the last sighting? */
3823 if (frame
!= last_mouse_glyph_frame
3824 || event
->x
< last_mouse_glyph
.x
3825 || event
->x
>= last_mouse_glyph
.x
+ last_mouse_glyph
.width
3826 || event
->y
< last_mouse_glyph
.y
3827 || event
->y
>= last_mouse_glyph
.y
+ last_mouse_glyph
.height
)
3829 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3830 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3831 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
);
3832 /* Remember which glyph we're now on. */
3833 remember_mouse_glyph (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
, &last_mouse_glyph
);
3834 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= frame
;
3842 /************************************************************************
3844 ************************************************************************/
3847 redo_mouse_highlight (void)
3849 if (!NILP (last_mouse_motion_frame
)
3850 && FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
)))
3851 note_mouse_highlight (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
),
3852 last_mouse_motion_event
.x
,
3853 last_mouse_motion_event
.y
);
3858 /* Return the current position of the mouse.
3859 *FP should be a frame which indicates which display to ask about.
3861 If the mouse movement started in a scroll bar, set *FP, *BAR_WINDOW,
3862 and *PART to the frame, window, and scroll bar part that the mouse
3863 is over. Set *X and *Y to the portion and whole of the mouse's
3864 position on the scroll bar.
3866 If the mouse movement started elsewhere, set *FP to the frame the
3867 mouse is on, *BAR_WINDOW to nil, and *X and *Y to the character cell
3870 Set *TIMESTAMP to the server time-stamp for the time at which the mouse
3871 was at this position.
3873 Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report.
3875 This clears the mouse_moved flag, so we can wait for the next mouse
3879 XTmouse_position (FRAME_PTR
*fp
, int insist
, Lisp_Object
*bar_window
,
3880 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
, Lisp_Object
*x
, Lisp_Object
*y
,
3887 if (! NILP (last_mouse_scroll_bar
) && insist
== 0)
3888 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, timestamp
);
3894 Window dummy_window
;
3897 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
3899 /* Clear the mouse-moved flag for every frame on this display. */
3900 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
3901 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
3902 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
))
3903 XFRAME (frame
)->mouse_moved
= 0;
3905 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3907 /* Figure out which root window we're on. */
3908 XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3909 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)),
3911 /* The root window which contains the pointer. */
3914 /* Trash which we can't trust if the pointer is on
3915 a different screen. */
3918 /* The position on that root window. */
3921 /* More trash we can't trust. */
3924 /* Modifier keys and pointer buttons, about which
3926 (unsigned int *) &dummy
);
3928 /* Now we have a position on the root; find the innermost window
3929 containing the pointer. */
3933 int parent_x
= 0, parent_y
= 0;
3937 /* XTranslateCoordinates can get errors if the window
3938 structure is changing at the same time this function
3939 is running. So at least we must not crash from them. */
3941 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
));
3943 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
)->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
3944 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
3946 /* If mouse was grabbed on a frame, give coords for that frame
3947 even if the mouse is now outside it. */
3948 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3950 /* From-window, to-window. */
3951 root
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (last_mouse_frame
),
3953 /* From-position, to-position. */
3954 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3958 f1
= last_mouse_frame
;
3964 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3966 /* From-window, to-window. */
3969 /* From-position, to-position. */
3970 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3975 if (child
== None
|| child
== win
)
3978 /* We don't wan't to know the innermost window. We
3979 want the edit window. For non-Gtk+ the innermost
3980 window is the edit window. For Gtk+ it might not
3981 be. It might be the tool bar for example. */
3982 if (x_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
))
3990 /* Now we know that:
3991 win is the innermost window containing the pointer
3992 (XTC says it has no child containing the pointer),
3993 win_x and win_y are the pointer's position in it
3994 (XTC did this the last time through), and
3995 parent_x and parent_y are the pointer's position in win's parent.
3996 (They are what win_x and win_y were when win was child.
3997 If win is the root window, it has no parent, and
3998 parent_{x,y} are invalid, but that's okay, because we'll
3999 never use them in that case.) */
4002 /* We don't wan't to know the innermost window. We
4003 want the edit window. */
4004 f1
= x_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
);
4006 /* Is win one of our frames? */
4007 f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
);
4010 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
4011 /* If we end up with the menu bar window, say it's not
4014 && f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
4015 && win
== XtWindow (f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
))
4017 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
4020 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)))
4023 x_uncatch_errors ();
4025 /* If not, is it one of our scroll bars? */
4028 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4030 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
), win
);
4034 f1
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4040 if (f1
== 0 && insist
> 0)
4041 f1
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
4045 /* Ok, we found a frame. Store all the values.
4046 last_mouse_glyph is a rectangle used to reduce the
4047 generation of mouse events. To not miss any motion
4048 events, we must divide the frame into rectangles of the
4049 size of the smallest character that could be displayed
4050 on it, i.e. into the same rectangles that matrices on
4051 the frame are divided into. */
4053 remember_mouse_glyph (f1
, win_x
, win_y
, &last_mouse_glyph
);
4054 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= f1
;
4059 XSETINT (*x
, win_x
);
4060 XSETINT (*y
, win_y
);
4061 *timestamp
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
4071 /***********************************************************************
4073 ***********************************************************************/
4075 /* Scroll bar support. */
4077 /* Given an X window ID and a DISPLAY, find the struct scroll_bar which
4079 This can be called in GC, so we have to make sure to strip off mark
4082 static struct scroll_bar
*
4083 x_window_to_scroll_bar (Display
*display
, Window window_id
)
4087 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
4088 window_id
= (Window
) xg_get_scroll_id_for_window (display
, window_id
);
4089 #endif /* USE_GTK && USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4091 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
4093 Lisp_Object frame
, bar
, condemned
;
4095 frame
= XCAR (tail
);
4096 /* All elements of Vframe_list should be frames. */
4097 if (! FRAMEP (frame
))
4100 if (! FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
4103 /* Scan this frame's scroll bar list for a scroll bar with the
4105 condemned
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
4106 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
4107 /* This trick allows us to search both the ordinary and
4108 condemned scroll bar lists with one loop. */
4109 ! NILP (bar
) || (bar
= condemned
,
4112 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
4113 if (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->x_window
== window_id
&&
4114 FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == display
)
4115 return XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
4122 #if defined USE_LUCID
4124 /* Return the Lucid menu bar WINDOW is part of. Return null
4125 if WINDOW is not part of a menu bar. */
4128 x_window_to_menu_bar (Window window
)
4132 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
4134 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (XCAR (tail
))))
4136 Lisp_Object frame
= XCAR (tail
);
4137 Widget menu_bar
= XFRAME (frame
)->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
;
4139 if (menu_bar
&& xlwmenu_window_p (menu_bar
, window
))
4147 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
4150 /************************************************************************
4152 ************************************************************************/
4154 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4156 static void x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (XEvent
*, struct input_event
*);
4157 static void x_send_scroll_bar_event (Lisp_Object
, int, int, int);
4158 static void x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*,
4159 struct scroll_bar
*);
4160 static void x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*,
4164 /* Lisp window being scrolled. Set when starting to interact with
4165 a toolkit scroll bar, reset to nil when ending the interaction. */
4167 static Lisp_Object window_being_scrolled
;
4169 /* Last scroll bar part sent in xm_scroll_callback. */
4171 static int last_scroll_bar_part
;
4173 /* Whether this is an Xaw with arrow-scrollbars. This should imply
4174 that movements of 1/20 of the screen size are mapped to up/down. */
4177 /* Id of action hook installed for scroll bars. */
4179 static XtActionHookId action_hook_id
;
4181 static Boolean xaw3d_arrow_scroll
;
4183 /* Whether the drag scrolling maintains the mouse at the top of the
4184 thumb. If not, resizing the thumb needs to be done more carefully
4185 to avoid jerkiness. */
4187 static Boolean xaw3d_pick_top
;
4189 /* Action hook installed via XtAppAddActionHook when toolkit scroll
4190 bars are used.. The hook is responsible for detecting when
4191 the user ends an interaction with the scroll bar, and generates
4192 a `end-scroll' SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT' event if so. */
4195 xt_action_hook (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, String action_name
,
4196 XEvent
*event
, String
*params
, Cardinal
*num_params
)
4199 const char *end_action
;
4202 scroll_bar_p
= XmIsScrollBar (widget
);
4203 end_action
= "Release";
4204 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4205 scroll_bar_p
= XtIsSubclass (widget
, scrollbarWidgetClass
);
4206 end_action
= "EndScroll";
4207 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
4210 && strcmp (action_name
, end_action
) == 0
4211 && WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
4215 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
4216 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
4217 w
= XWINDOW (window_being_scrolled
);
4219 if (!NILP (XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
))
4221 XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
= Qnil
;
4222 /* The thumb size is incorrect while dragging: fix it. */
4223 set_vertical_scroll_bar (w
);
4225 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
4226 last_scroll_bar_part
= -1;
4228 /* Xt timeouts no longer needed. */
4229 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 0;
4232 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4234 /* A vector of windows used for communication between
4235 x_send_scroll_bar_event and x_scroll_bar_to_input_event. */
4237 static struct window
**scroll_bar_windows
;
4238 static ptrdiff_t scroll_bar_windows_size
;
4241 /* Send a client message with message type Xatom_Scrollbar for a
4242 scroll action to the frame of WINDOW. PART is a value identifying
4243 the part of the scroll bar that was clicked on. PORTION is the
4244 amount to scroll of a whole of WHOLE. */
4247 x_send_scroll_bar_event (Lisp_Object window
, int part
, int portion
, int whole
)
4250 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) &event
;
4251 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
4252 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4257 /* Construct a ClientMessage event to send to the frame. */
4258 ev
->type
= ClientMessage
;
4259 ev
->message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_Scrollbar
;
4260 ev
->display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
4261 ev
->window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
4264 /* We can only transfer 32 bits in the XClientMessageEvent, which is
4265 not enough to store a pointer or Lisp_Object on a 64 bit system.
4266 So, store the window in scroll_bar_windows and pass the index
4267 into that array in the event. */
4268 for (i
= 0; i
< scroll_bar_windows_size
; ++i
)
4269 if (scroll_bar_windows
[i
] == NULL
)
4272 if (i
== scroll_bar_windows_size
)
4274 ptrdiff_t old_nbytes
=
4275 scroll_bar_windows_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4277 enum { XClientMessageEvent_MAX
= 0x7fffffff };
4278 scroll_bar_windows
=
4279 xpalloc (scroll_bar_windows
, &scroll_bar_windows_size
, 1,
4280 XClientMessageEvent_MAX
, sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
);
4281 nbytes
= scroll_bar_windows_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4282 memset (&scroll_bar_windows
[i
], 0, nbytes
- old_nbytes
);
4285 scroll_bar_windows
[i
] = w
;
4286 ev
->data
.l
[0] = (long) i
;
4287 ev
->data
.l
[1] = (long) part
;
4288 ev
->data
.l
[2] = (long) 0;
4289 ev
->data
.l
[3] = (long) portion
;
4290 ev
->data
.l
[4] = (long) whole
;
4292 /* Make Xt timeouts work while the scroll bar is active. */
4293 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
4294 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 1;
4295 x_activate_timeout_atimer ();
4298 /* Setting the event mask to zero means that the message will
4299 be sent to the client that created the window, and if that
4300 window no longer exists, no event will be sent. */
4301 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), False
, 0, &event
);
4306 /* Transform a scroll bar ClientMessage EVENT to an Emacs input event
4310 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (XEvent
*event
, struct input_event
*ievent
)
4312 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) event
;
4316 w
= scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]];
4317 scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]] = NULL
;
4319 XSETWINDOW (window
, w
);
4321 ievent
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
4322 ievent
->frame_or_window
= window
;
4325 ievent
->timestamp
= CurrentTime
;
4328 XtLastTimestampProcessed (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (w
->frame
)));
4330 ievent
->part
= ev
->data
.l
[1];
4331 ievent
->code
= ev
->data
.l
[2];
4332 ievent
->x
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[3]);
4333 ievent
->y
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[4]);
4334 ievent
->modifiers
= 0;
4340 /* Minimum and maximum values used for Motif scroll bars. */
4342 #define XM_SB_MAX 10000000
4345 /* Scroll bar callback for Motif scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4346 bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure.
4347 CALL_DATA is a pointer to a XmScrollBarCallbackStruct. */
4350 xm_scroll_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
4352 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4353 XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*cs
= (XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*) call_data
;
4354 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4358 case XmCR_DECREMENT
:
4359 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4360 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4363 case XmCR_INCREMENT
:
4364 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4365 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4368 case XmCR_PAGE_DECREMENT
:
4369 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4370 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4373 case XmCR_PAGE_INCREMENT
:
4374 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4375 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4379 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4380 part
= scroll_bar_to_top
;
4383 case XmCR_TO_BOTTOM
:
4384 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4385 part
= scroll_bar_to_bottom
;
4392 /* Get the slider size. */
4394 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XmNsliderSize
, &slider_size
, NULL
);
4397 whole
= XM_SB_MAX
- slider_size
;
4398 portion
= min (cs
->value
, whole
);
4399 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4400 bar
->dragging
= make_number (cs
->value
);
4404 case XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED
:
4410 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4411 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4412 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4416 #elif defined USE_GTK
4418 /* Scroll bar callback for GTK scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4419 bar widget. DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure. */
4422 xg_scroll_callback (GtkRange
*range
,
4423 GtkScrollType scroll
,
4427 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) user_data
;
4429 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4430 GtkAdjustment
*adj
= GTK_ADJUSTMENT (gtk_range_get_adjustment (range
));
4431 FRAME_PTR f
= (FRAME_PTR
) g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (range
), XG_FRAME_DATA
);
4433 if (xg_ignore_gtk_scrollbar
) return FALSE
;
4434 position
= gtk_adjustment_get_value (adj
);
4439 case GTK_SCROLL_JUMP
:
4440 /* Buttons 1 2 or 3 must be grabbed. */
4441 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->grabbed
!= 0
4442 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->grabbed
< (1 << 4))
4444 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4445 whole
= gtk_adjustment_get_upper (adj
) -
4446 gtk_adjustment_get_page_size (adj
);
4447 portion
= min ((int)position
, whole
);
4448 bar
->dragging
= make_number ((int)portion
);
4451 case GTK_SCROLL_STEP_BACKWARD
:
4452 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4453 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4455 case GTK_SCROLL_STEP_FORWARD
:
4456 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4457 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4459 case GTK_SCROLL_PAGE_BACKWARD
:
4460 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4461 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4463 case GTK_SCROLL_PAGE_FORWARD
:
4464 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4465 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4471 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4472 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4473 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4479 /* Callback for button release. Sets dragging to Qnil when dragging is done. */
4482 xg_end_scroll_callback (GtkWidget
*widget
,
4483 GdkEventButton
*event
,
4486 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) user_data
;
4487 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4488 if (WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
4490 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
4491 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
4492 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
4499 #else /* not USE_GTK and not USE_MOTIF */
4501 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked when the thumb is dragged.
4502 WIDGET is the scroll bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the
4503 scroll bar struct. CALL_DATA is a pointer to a float saying where
4507 xaw_jump_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
4509 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4510 float top
= *(float *) call_data
;
4512 int whole
, portion
, height
;
4515 /* Get the size of the thumb, a value between 0 and 1. */
4517 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNshown
, &shown
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4521 portion
= shown
< 1 ? top
* whole
: 0;
4523 if (shown
< 1 && (eabs (top
+ shown
- 1) < 1.0/height
))
4524 /* Some derivatives of Xaw refuse to shrink the thumb when you reach
4525 the bottom, so we force the scrolling whenever we see that we're
4526 too close to the bottom (in x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
4527 we try to ensure that we always stay two pixels away from the
4529 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4531 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4533 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4534 bar
->dragging
= make_number (portion
);
4535 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4536 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4540 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked for incremental scrolling.,
4541 i.e. line or page up or down. WIDGET is the Xaw scroll bar
4542 widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure for
4543 the scroll bar. CALL_DATA is an integer specifying the action that
4544 has taken place. Its magnitude is in the range 0..height of the
4545 scroll bar. Negative values mean scroll towards buffer start.
4546 Values < height of scroll bar mean line-wise movement. */
4549 xaw_scroll_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
4551 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4552 /* The position really is stored cast to a pointer. */
4553 int position
= (long) call_data
;
4557 /* Get the height of the scroll bar. */
4559 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4562 if (eabs (position
) >= height
)
4563 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_above_handle
: scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4565 /* If Xaw3d was compiled with ARROW_SCROLLBAR,
4566 it maps line-movement to call_data = max(5, height/20). */
4567 else if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
&& eabs (position
) <= max (5, height
/ 20))
4568 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_up_arrow
: scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4570 part
= scroll_bar_move_ratio
;
4572 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4573 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4574 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4575 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, position
, height
);
4578 #endif /* not USE_GTK and not USE_MOTIF */
4580 #define SCROLL_BAR_NAME "verticalScrollBar"
4582 /* Create the widget for scroll bar BAR on frame F. Record the widget
4583 and X window of the scroll bar in BAR. */
4587 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*f
, struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
4589 const char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4592 xg_create_scroll_bar (f
, bar
, G_CALLBACK (xg_scroll_callback
),
4593 G_CALLBACK (xg_end_scroll_callback
),
4598 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4601 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*f
, struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
4607 char const *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4608 unsigned long pixel
;
4613 /* Set resources. Create the widget. */
4614 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4615 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNminimum
, 0); ++ac
;
4616 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNmaximum
, XM_SB_MAX
); ++ac
;
4617 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNorientation
, XmVERTICAL
); ++ac
;
4618 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNprocessingDirection
, XmMAX_ON_BOTTOM
), ++ac
;
4619 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNincrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4620 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNpageIncrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4622 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4625 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNforeground
, pixel
);
4629 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4632 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNbackground
, pixel
);
4636 widget
= XmCreateScrollBar (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
,
4637 scroll_bar_name
, av
, ac
);
4639 /* Add one callback for everything that can happen. */
4640 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4642 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdragCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4644 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNincrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4646 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageDecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4648 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageIncrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4650 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoBottomCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4652 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoTopCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4655 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4656 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4658 /* Set the cursor to an arrow. I didn't find a resource to do that.
4659 And I'm wondering why it hasn't an arrow cursor by default. */
4660 XDefineCursor (XtDisplay (widget
), XtWindow (widget
),
4661 f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
);
4663 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4665 /* Set resources. Create the widget. The background of the
4666 Xaw3d scroll bar widget is a little bit light for my taste.
4667 We don't alter it here to let users change it according
4668 to their taste with `emacs*verticalScrollBar.background: xxx'. */
4669 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4670 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNorientation
, XtorientVertical
); ++ac
;
4671 /* For smoother scrolling with Xaw3d -sm */
4672 /* XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNpickTop, True); ++ac; */
4674 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4677 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNforeground
, pixel
);
4681 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4684 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbackground
, pixel
);
4688 /* Top/bottom shadow colors. */
4690 /* Allocate them, if necessary. */
4691 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4693 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4696 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
4697 FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4698 &pixel
, 1.2, 0x8000))
4700 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4703 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4705 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4708 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
4709 FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4710 &pixel
, 0.6, 0x4000))
4712 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4716 #ifdef XtNbeNiceToColormap
4717 /* Tell the toolkit about them. */
4718 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1
4719 || f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4720 /* We tried to allocate a color for the top/bottom shadow, and
4721 failed, so tell Xaw3d to use dithering instead. */
4722 /* But only if we have a small colormap. Xaw3d can allocate nice
4725 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
,
4726 DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
)) < 16);
4730 /* Tell what colors Xaw3d should use for the top/bottom shadow, to
4731 be more consistent with other emacs 3d colors, and since Xaw3d is
4732 not good at dealing with allocation failure. */
4734 /* This tells Xaw3d to use real colors instead of dithering for
4736 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, False
);
4739 /* Specify the colors. */
4740 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
;
4743 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNtopShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4746 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
;
4749 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbottomShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4755 widget
= XtCreateWidget (scroll_bar_name
, scrollbarWidgetClass
,
4756 f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, av
, ac
);
4759 char const *initial
= "";
4760 char const *val
= initial
;
4761 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNscrollVCursor
, (XtPointer
) &val
,
4762 #ifdef XtNarrowScrollbars
4763 XtNarrowScrollbars
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_arrow_scroll
,
4765 XtNpickTop
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_pick_top
, NULL
);
4766 if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
|| val
== initial
)
4767 { /* ARROW_SCROLL */
4768 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= True
;
4769 /* Isn't that just a personal preference ? --Stef */
4770 XtVaSetValues (widget
, XtNcursorName
, "top_left_arrow", NULL
);
4774 /* Define callbacks. */
4775 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNjumpProc
, xaw_jump_callback
, (XtPointer
) bar
);
4776 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNscrollProc
, xaw_scroll_callback
,
4779 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4780 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4782 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4784 /* Install an action hook that lets us detect when the user
4785 finishes interacting with a scroll bar. */
4786 if (action_hook_id
== 0)
4787 action_hook_id
= XtAppAddActionHook (Xt_app_con
, xt_action_hook
, 0);
4789 /* Remember X window and widget in the scroll bar vector. */
4790 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (bar
, widget
);
4791 xwindow
= XtWindow (widget
);
4792 bar
->x_window
= xwindow
;
4796 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4799 /* Set the thumb size and position of scroll bar BAR. We are currently
4800 displaying PORTION out of a whole WHOLE, and our position POSITION. */
4804 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int portion
, int position
, int whole
)
4806 xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
4809 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4811 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int portion
, int position
,
4814 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4815 Widget widget
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4822 /* We use an estimate of 30 chars per line rather than the real
4823 `portion' value. This has the disadvantage that the thumb size
4824 is not very representative, but it makes our life a lot easier.
4825 Otherwise, we have to constantly adjust the thumb size, which
4826 we can't always do quickly enough: while dragging, the size of
4827 the thumb might prevent the user from dragging the thumb all the
4828 way to the end. but Motif and some versions of Xaw3d don't allow
4829 updating the thumb size while dragging. Also, even if we can update
4830 its size, the update will often happen too late.
4831 If you don't believe it, check out revision 1.650 of xterm.c to see
4832 what hoops we were going through and the still poor behavior we got. */
4833 portion
= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)) * 30;
4834 /* When the thumb is at the bottom, position == whole.
4835 So we need to increase `whole' to make space for the thumb. */
4842 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4843 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4846 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4850 /* Slider size. Must be in the range [1 .. MAX - MIN] where MAX
4851 is the scroll bar's maximum and MIN is the scroll bar's minimum
4853 size
= shown
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4854 size
= min (size
, XM_SB_MAX
);
4855 size
= max (size
, 1);
4857 /* Position. Must be in the range [MIN .. MAX - SLIDER_SIZE]. */
4858 value
= top
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4859 value
= min (value
, XM_SB_MAX
- size
);
4861 XmScrollBarSetValues (widget
, value
, size
, 0, 0, False
);
4863 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4869 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4870 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4874 float old_top
, old_shown
;
4876 XtVaGetValues (widget
,
4877 XtNtopOfThumb
, &old_top
,
4878 XtNshown
, &old_shown
,
4882 /* Massage the top+shown values. */
4883 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
) || last_scroll_bar_part
== scroll_bar_down_arrow
)
4884 top
= max (0, min (1, top
));
4887 /* Keep two pixels available for moving the thumb down. */
4888 shown
= max (0, min (1 - top
- (2.0 / height
), shown
));
4890 /* If the call to XawScrollbarSetThumb below doesn't seem to work,
4891 check that your system's configuration file contains a define
4892 for `NARROWPROTO'. See s/freebsd.h for an example. */
4893 if (top
!= old_top
|| shown
!= old_shown
)
4895 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4896 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4899 /* Try to make the scrolling a tad smoother. */
4900 if (!xaw3d_pick_top
)
4901 shown
= min (shown
, old_shown
);
4903 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4907 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4911 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4913 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4917 /************************************************************************
4918 Scroll bars, general
4919 ************************************************************************/
4921 /* Create a scroll bar and return the scroll bar vector for it. W is
4922 the Emacs window on which to create the scroll bar. TOP, LEFT,
4923 WIDTH and HEIGHT are the pixel coordinates and dimensions of the
4926 static struct scroll_bar
*
4927 x_scroll_bar_create (struct window
*w
, int top
, int left
, int width
, int height
)
4929 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4930 struct scroll_bar
*bar
4931 = ALLOCATE_PSEUDOVECTOR (struct scroll_bar
, x_window
, PVEC_OTHER
);
4935 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4936 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
);
4937 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4939 XSetWindowAttributes a
;
4943 a
.background_pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4944 if (a
.background_pixel
== -1)
4945 a
.background_pixel
= FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
);
4947 a
.event_mask
= (ButtonPressMask
| ButtonReleaseMask
4948 | ButtonMotionMask
| PointerMotionHintMask
4950 a
.cursor
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
;
4952 mask
= (CWBackPixel
| CWEventMask
| CWCursor
);
4954 /* Clear the area of W that will serve as a scroll bar. This is
4955 for the case that a window has been split horizontally. In
4956 this case, no clear_frame is generated to reduce flickering. */
4957 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
4958 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4960 window_box_height (w
), False
);
4962 window
= XCreateWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4963 /* Position and size of scroll bar. */
4964 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4966 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4968 /* Border width, depth, class, and visual. */
4975 bar
->x_window
= window
;
4977 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4979 XSETWINDOW (bar
->window
, w
);
4983 bar
->height
= height
;
4986 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4987 bar
->fringe_extended_p
= 0;
4989 /* Add bar to its frame's list of scroll bars. */
4990 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
4992 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
4993 if (!NILP (bar
->next
))
4994 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
4996 /* Map the window/widget. */
4997 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5000 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
5003 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5004 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
5006 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5007 Widget scroll_bar
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
5008 XtConfigureWidget (scroll_bar
,
5009 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5011 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
5012 max (height
, 1), 0);
5013 XtMapWidget (scroll_bar
);
5014 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5016 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5017 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
);
5018 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5025 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5027 /* Draw BAR's handle in the proper position.
5029 If the handle is already drawn from START to END, don't bother
5030 redrawing it, unless REBUILD is non-zero; in that case, always
5031 redraw it. (REBUILD is handy for drawing the handle after expose
5034 Normally, we want to constrain the start and end of the handle to
5035 fit inside its rectangle, but if the user is dragging the scroll
5036 bar handle, we want to let them drag it down all the way, so that
5037 the bar's top is as far down as it goes; otherwise, there's no way
5038 to move to the very end of the buffer. */
5041 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int start
, int end
, int rebuild
)
5043 int dragging
= ! NILP (bar
->dragging
);
5044 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5045 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5046 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
5048 /* If the display is already accurate, do nothing. */
5050 && start
== bar
->start
5057 int inside_width
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_WIDTH (f
, bar
->width
);
5058 int inside_height
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, bar
->height
);
5059 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5061 /* Make sure the values are reasonable, and try to preserve
5062 the distance between start and end. */
5064 int length
= end
- start
;
5068 else if (start
> top_range
)
5070 end
= start
+ length
;
5074 else if (end
> top_range
&& ! dragging
)
5078 /* Store the adjusted setting in the scroll bar. */
5082 /* Clip the end position, just for display. */
5083 if (end
> top_range
)
5086 /* Draw bottom positions VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE pixels
5087 below top positions, to make sure the handle is always at least
5088 that many pixels tall. */
5089 end
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
;
5091 /* Draw the empty space above the handle. Note that we can't clear
5092 zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
5094 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5095 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
5096 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5097 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
,
5098 inside_width
, start
,
5101 /* Change to proper foreground color if one is specified. */
5102 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5103 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5104 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
5106 /* Draw the handle itself. */
5107 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5108 /* x, y, width, height */
5109 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5110 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ start
,
5111 inside_width
, end
- start
);
5113 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
5114 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5115 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5116 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
5118 /* Draw the empty space below the handle. Note that we can't
5119 clear zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
5120 if (end
< inside_height
)
5121 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5122 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
5123 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5124 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ end
,
5125 inside_width
, inside_height
- end
,
5133 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5135 /* Destroy scroll bar BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar to
5139 x_scroll_bar_remove (struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
5141 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5144 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5146 xg_remove_scroll_bar (f
, bar
->x_window
);
5147 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5148 XtDestroyWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
));
5149 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5151 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
);
5154 /* Disassociate this scroll bar from its window. */
5155 XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->vertical_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
5161 /* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate
5162 that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE
5163 characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW has no scroll bar,
5167 XTset_vertical_scroll_bar (struct window
*w
, int portion
, int whole
, int position
)
5169 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
5170 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5171 int top
, height
, left
, sb_left
, width
, sb_width
;
5172 int window_y
, window_height
;
5173 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5174 int fringe_extended_p
;
5177 /* Get window dimensions. */
5178 window_box (w
, -1, 0, &window_y
, 0, &window_height
);
5180 width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5181 height
= window_height
;
5183 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar area. */
5184 left
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
5186 /* Compute the width of the scroll bar which might be less than
5187 the width of the area reserved for the scroll bar. */
5188 if (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
) > 0)
5189 sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
5193 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar. */
5194 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5195 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5196 sb_left
= left
+ (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
) ? width
- sb_width
: 0);
5198 sb_left
= left
+ (WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
) ? 0 : width
- sb_width
);
5200 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5201 sb_left
= left
+ width
- sb_width
;
5206 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5207 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
5208 fringe_extended_p
= (WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
5209 && WINDOW_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w
)
5210 && (WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (w
)
5211 || WINDOW_LEFT_MARGIN_COLS (w
) == 0));
5213 fringe_extended_p
= (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
5214 && WINDOW_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w
)
5215 && (WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (w
)
5216 || WINDOW_RIGHT_MARGIN_COLS (w
) == 0));
5219 /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */
5220 if (NILP (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5222 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5225 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5226 if (fringe_extended_p
)
5227 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5228 sb_left
, top
, sb_width
, height
, False
);
5231 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5232 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5236 bar
= x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, sb_left
, sb_width
, height
);
5240 /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */
5241 unsigned int mask
= 0;
5243 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5247 if (sb_left
!= bar
->left
)
5249 if (top
!= bar
->top
)
5251 if (sb_width
!= bar
->width
)
5253 if (height
!= bar
->height
)
5256 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5258 /* Move/size the scroll bar widget. */
5259 if (mask
|| bar
->fringe_extended_p
!= fringe_extended_p
)
5261 /* Since toolkit scroll bars are smaller than the space reserved
5262 for them on the frame, we have to clear "under" them. */
5263 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5265 if (fringe_extended_p
)
5266 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5267 sb_left
, top
, sb_width
, height
, False
);
5269 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5270 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5273 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
5276 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5277 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
*2,
5279 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5280 XtConfigureWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
),
5281 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5283 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
5284 max (height
, 1), 0);
5285 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5287 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5289 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because of
5290 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM. */
5291 if (VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
)
5293 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5294 left
, top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5296 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5297 left
+ width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5298 top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5302 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because it's not as
5303 wide as the area reserved for it. This makes sure a
5304 previous mode line display is cleared after C-x 2 C-x 1, for
5307 int area_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5308 int rest
= area_width
- sb_width
;
5309 if (rest
> 0 && height
> 0)
5311 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
5312 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5313 left
+ area_width
- rest
, top
,
5314 rest
, height
, False
);
5316 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5317 left
, top
, rest
, height
, False
);
5321 /* Move/size the scroll bar window. */
5326 wc
.x
= sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5328 wc
.width
= sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2;
5330 XConfigureWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
,
5334 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5336 /* Remember new settings. */
5337 bar
->left
= sb_left
;
5339 bar
->width
= sb_width
;
5340 bar
->height
= height
;
5345 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5346 bar
->fringe_extended_p
= fringe_extended_p
;
5348 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
5349 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5350 /* Set the scroll bar's current state, unless we're currently being
5352 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5354 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, height
);
5357 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, 0, top_range
, 0);
5360 int start
= ((double) position
* top_range
) / whole
;
5361 int end
= ((double) (position
+ portion
) * top_range
) / whole
;
5362 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, 0);
5365 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5367 XSETVECTOR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5371 /* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough
5372 redisplay of the frame. We don't explicitly know which scroll bars
5373 are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go
5374 away is a real pain - "Can you say set-window-configuration, boys
5375 and girls?" Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay
5376 that *all* scroll bars are to be removed, and then save a scroll bar
5377 from the fiery pit when we actually redisplay its window. */
5379 /* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call
5380 to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if
5381 `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgment. */
5384 XTcondemn_scroll_bars (FRAME_PTR frame
)
5386 /* Transfer all the scroll bars to FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS. */
5387 while (! NILP (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5390 bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5391 FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
;
5392 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5393 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->prev
= Qnil
;
5394 if (! NILP (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5395 XSCROLL_BAR (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
))->prev
= bar
;
5396 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = bar
;
5401 /* Un-mark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgment cycle.
5402 Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all. */
5405 XTredeem_scroll_bar (struct window
*window
)
5407 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5410 /* We can't redeem this window's scroll bar if it doesn't have one. */
5411 if (NILP (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5414 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5416 /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */
5417 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window
));
5418 if (NILP (bar
->prev
))
5420 /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of
5422 if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5423 /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */
5425 else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
),
5426 window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5427 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = bar
->next
;
5429 /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of
5430 one or the other! */
5434 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->prev
)->next
= bar
->next
;
5436 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5437 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
= bar
->prev
;
5439 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5441 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
5442 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5443 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
5446 /* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the
5447 last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. */
5450 XTjudge_scroll_bars (FRAME_PTR f
)
5452 Lisp_Object bar
, next
;
5454 bar
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5456 /* Clear out the condemned list now so we won't try to process any
5457 more events on the hapless scroll bars. */
5458 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = Qnil
;
5460 for (; ! NILP (bar
); bar
= next
)
5462 struct scroll_bar
*b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
5464 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
5467 b
->next
= b
->prev
= Qnil
;
5470 /* Now there should be no references to the condemned scroll bars,
5471 and they should get garbage-collected. */
5475 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5476 /* Handle an Expose or GraphicsExpose event on a scroll bar. This
5477 is a no-op when using toolkit scroll bars.
5479 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5483 x_scroll_bar_expose (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, XEvent
*event
)
5485 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5486 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5487 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
5488 int width_trim
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5492 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, bar
->start
, bar
->end
, 1);
5494 /* Switch to scroll bar foreground color. */
5495 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5496 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5497 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
5499 /* Draw a one-pixel border just inside the edges of the scroll bar. */
5500 XDrawRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5502 /* x, y, width, height */
5504 bar
->width
- 1 - width_trim
- width_trim
,
5507 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
5508 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5509 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5510 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
5515 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5517 /* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR. If *EMACS_EVENT's kind
5518 is set to something other than NO_EVENT, it is enqueued.
5520 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5525 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, XEvent
*event
, struct input_event
*emacs_event
)
5527 if (! WINDOWP (bar
->window
))
5530 emacs_event
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
5531 emacs_event
->code
= event
->xbutton
.button
- Button1
;
5532 emacs_event
->modifiers
5533 = (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO
5534 (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)))),
5535 event
->xbutton
.state
)
5536 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5539 emacs_event
->frame_or_window
= bar
->window
;
5540 emacs_event
->arg
= Qnil
;
5541 emacs_event
->timestamp
= event
->xbutton
.time
;
5544 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5545 int y
= event
->xbutton
.y
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5548 if (y
> top_range
) y
= top_range
;
5551 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5552 else if (y
< bar
->end
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5553 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5555 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5557 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5558 /* If the user has released the handle, set it to its final position. */
5559 if (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5560 && ! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5562 int new_start
= y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5563 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
5565 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5566 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
5570 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
5571 XSETINT (emacs_event
->y
, top_range
);
5575 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5577 /* Handle some mouse motion while someone is dragging the scroll bar.
5579 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5583 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, XEvent
*event
)
5585 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->frame
);
5587 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->xmotion
.time
;
5590 XSETVECTOR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5592 /* If we're dragging the bar, display it. */
5593 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5595 /* Where should the handle be now? */
5596 int new_start
= event
->xmotion
.y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5598 if (new_start
!= bar
->start
)
5600 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
5602 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5607 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5609 /* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse
5610 on the scroll bar. */
5613 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (FRAME_PTR
*fp
, Lisp_Object
*bar_window
,
5614 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
, Lisp_Object
*x
,
5615 Lisp_Object
*y
, Time
*timestamp
)
5617 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
5618 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5619 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5621 Window dummy_window
;
5623 unsigned int dummy_mask
;
5627 /* Get the mouse's position relative to the scroll bar window, and
5629 if (! XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5631 /* Root, child, root x and root y. */
5632 &dummy_window
, &dummy_window
,
5633 &dummy_coord
, &dummy_coord
,
5635 /* Position relative to scroll bar. */
5638 /* Mouse buttons and modifier keys. */
5644 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5646 win_y
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5648 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5649 win_y
-= XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5653 if (win_y
> top_range
)
5657 *bar_window
= bar
->window
;
5659 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5660 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5661 else if (win_y
< bar
->start
)
5662 *part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5663 else if (win_y
< bar
->end
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5664 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5666 *part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5668 XSETINT (*x
, win_y
);
5669 XSETINT (*y
, top_range
);
5672 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
5675 *timestamp
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
5681 /* The screen has been cleared so we may have changed foreground or
5682 background colors, and the scroll bars may need to be redrawn.
5683 Clear out the scroll bars, and ask for expose events, so we can
5687 x_scroll_bar_clear (FRAME_PTR f
)
5689 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5692 /* We can have scroll bars even if this is 0,
5693 if we just turned off scroll bar mode.
5694 But in that case we should not clear them. */
5695 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
5696 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); VECTORP (bar
);
5697 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
5698 XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5699 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->x_window
,
5701 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5705 /* The main X event-reading loop - XTread_socket. */
5707 /* This holds the state XLookupString needs to implement dead keys
5708 and other tricks known as "compose processing". _X Window System_
5709 says that a portable program can't use this, but Stephen Gildea assures
5710 me that letting the compiler initialize it to zeros will work okay.
5712 This must be defined outside of XTread_socket, for the same reasons
5713 given for enter_timestamp, above. */
5715 static XComposeStatus compose_status
;
5717 /* Record the last 100 characters stored
5718 to help debug the loss-of-chars-during-GC problem. */
5720 static int temp_index
;
5721 static short temp_buffer
[100];
5723 #define STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG(keysym) \
5724 if (temp_index == sizeof temp_buffer / sizeof (short)) \
5726 temp_buffer[temp_index++] = (keysym)
5728 /* Set this to nonzero to fake an "X I/O error"
5729 on a particular display. */
5731 static struct x_display_info
*XTread_socket_fake_io_error
;
5733 /* When we find no input here, we occasionally do a no-op command
5734 to verify that the X server is still running and we can still talk with it.
5735 We try all the open displays, one by one.
5736 This variable is used for cycling thru the displays. */
5738 static struct x_display_info
*next_noop_dpyinfo
;
5740 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT || defined USE_GTK
5741 #define SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT \
5744 if (f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event == 0) \
5745 f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event \
5746 = (XEvent *) xmalloc (sizeof (XEvent)); \
5747 *f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event = event; \
5748 inev.ie.kind = MENU_BAR_ACTIVATE_EVENT; \
5749 XSETFRAME (inev.ie.frame_or_window, f); \
5761 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5762 DPYINFO is the display this event is for.
5763 EVENT is the X event to filter.
5765 Returns non-zero if the event was filtered, caller shall not process
5767 Returns zero if event is wasn't filtered. */
5771 x_filter_event (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, XEvent
*event
)
5773 /* XFilterEvent returns non-zero if the input method has
5774 consumed the event. We pass the frame's X window to
5775 XFilterEvent because that's the one for which the IC
5778 struct frame
*f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5779 event
->xclient
.window
);
5781 return XFilterEvent (event
, f1
? FRAME_X_WINDOW (f1
) : None
);
5786 static int current_count
;
5787 static int current_finish
;
5788 static struct input_event
*current_hold_quit
;
5790 /* This is the filter function invoked by the GTK event loop.
5791 It is invoked before the XEvent is translated to a GdkEvent,
5792 so we have a chance to act on the event before GTK. */
5793 static GdkFilterReturn
5794 event_handler_gdk (GdkXEvent
*gxev
, GdkEvent
*ev
, gpointer data
)
5796 XEvent
*xev
= (XEvent
*) gxev
;
5799 if (current_count
>= 0)
5801 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5803 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (xev
->xany
.display
);
5806 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5807 GTK calls XFilterEvent but not for key press and release,
5808 so we do it here. */
5809 if ((xev
->type
== KeyPress
|| xev
->type
== KeyRelease
)
5811 && x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, xev
))
5814 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5819 current_finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5822 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, xev
, ¤t_finish
,
5826 current_finish
= x_dispatch_event (xev
, xev
->xany
.display
);
5830 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
|| current_finish
== X_EVENT_DROP
)
5831 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5833 return GDK_FILTER_CONTINUE
;
5835 #endif /* USE_GTK */
5838 static void xembed_send_message (struct frame
*f
, Time
,
5839 enum xembed_message
,
5840 long detail
, long data1
, long data2
);
5842 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DPYINFO.
5844 *FINISH is X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT if caller should stop reading events.
5845 *FINISH is zero if caller should continue reading events.
5846 *FINISH is X_EVENT_DROP if event should not be passed to the toolkit.
5848 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer. */
5851 handle_one_xevent (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, XEvent
*eventptr
,
5852 int *finish
, struct input_event
*hold_quit
)
5855 struct input_event ie
;
5856 struct selection_input_event sie
;
5860 ptrdiff_t nbytes
= 0;
5861 struct frame
*f
= NULL
;
5862 struct coding_system coding
;
5863 XEvent event
= *eventptr
;
5864 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= &dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
;
5867 *finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5869 EVENT_INIT (inev
.ie
);
5870 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
;
5873 if (pending_event_wait
.eventtype
== event
.type
)
5874 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= 0; /* Indicates we got it. */
5880 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5881 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
5882 && event
.xclient
.format
== 32)
5884 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5885 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
)
5887 /* Use x_any_window_to_frame because this
5888 could be the shell widget window
5889 if the frame has no title bar. */
5890 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5892 /* Not quite sure this is needed -pd */
5893 if (f
&& FRAME_XIC (f
))
5894 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (f
));
5896 #if 0 /* Emacs sets WM hints whose `input' field is `true'. This
5897 instructs the WM to set the input focus automatically for
5898 Emacs with a call to XSetInputFocus. Setting WM_TAKE_FOCUS
5899 tells the WM to send us a ClientMessage WM_TAKE_FOCUS after
5900 it has set the focus. So, XSetInputFocus below is not
5903 The call to XSetInputFocus below has also caused trouble. In
5904 cases where the XSetInputFocus done by the WM and the one
5905 below are temporally close (on a fast machine), the call
5906 below can generate additional FocusIn events which confuse
5909 /* Since we set WM_TAKE_FOCUS, we must call
5910 XSetInputFocus explicitly. But not if f is null,
5911 since that might be an event for a deleted frame. */
5914 Display
*d
= event
.xclient
.display
;
5915 /* Catch and ignore errors, in case window has been
5916 iconified by a window manager such as GWM. */
5918 XSetInputFocus (d
, event
.xclient
.window
,
5919 /* The ICCCM says this is
5920 the only valid choice. */
5922 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1]);
5923 /* This is needed to detect the error
5924 if there is an error. */
5926 x_uncatch_errors ();
5928 /* Not certain about handling scroll bars here */
5933 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5934 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
)
5936 /* Save state modify the WM_COMMAND property to
5937 something which can reinstate us. This notifies
5938 the session manager, who's looking for such a
5939 PropertyNotify. Can restart processing when
5940 a keyboard or mouse event arrives. */
5941 /* If we have a session manager, don't set this.
5942 KDE will then start two Emacsen, one for the
5943 session manager and one for this. */
5945 if (! x_session_have_connection ())
5948 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5949 event
.xclient
.window
);
5950 /* This is just so we only give real data once
5951 for a single Emacs process. */
5952 if (f
== SELECTED_FRAME ())
5953 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5954 event
.xclient
.window
,
5955 initial_argv
, initial_argc
);
5957 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5958 event
.xclient
.window
,
5964 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5965 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
)
5967 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5968 event
.xclient
.window
);
5970 goto OTHER
; /* May be a dialog that is to be removed */
5972 inev
.ie
.kind
= DELETE_WINDOW_EVENT
;
5973 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
5980 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5981 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
)
5986 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5987 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
)
5990 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5992 new_x
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[0];
5993 new_y
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[1];
5997 f
->left_pos
= new_x
;
6004 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
6005 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
)
6007 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
6009 _XEditResCheckMessages (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, NULL
,
6013 #endif /* HACK_EDITRES */
6015 if ((event
.xclient
.message_type
6016 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
)
6017 || (event
.xclient
.message_type
6018 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
))
6020 /* Ghostview job completed. Kill it. We could
6021 reply with "Next" if we received "Page", but we
6022 currently never do because we are interested in
6023 images, only, which should have 1 page. */
6024 Pixmap pixmap
= (Pixmap
) event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1];
6025 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
6028 x_kill_gs_process (pixmap
, f
);
6029 expose_frame (f
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
6033 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6034 /* Scroll bar callbacks send a ClientMessage from which
6035 we construct an input_event. */
6036 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
6037 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
)
6039 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (&event
, &inev
.ie
);
6040 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
6043 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6045 /* XEmbed messages from the embedder (if any). */
6046 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
6047 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
)
6049 enum xembed_message msg
= event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1];
6050 if (msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_IN
|| msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_OUT
)
6051 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6053 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
6057 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, &event
);
6059 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
6062 if (x_handle_dnd_message (f
, &event
.xclient
, dpyinfo
, &inev
.ie
))
6063 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6067 case SelectionNotify
:
6068 last_user_time
= event
.xselection
.time
;
6069 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6070 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselection
.requestor
))
6072 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6073 x_handle_selection_notify (&event
.xselection
);
6076 case SelectionClear
: /* Someone has grabbed ownership. */
6077 last_user_time
= event
.xselectionclear
.time
;
6078 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6079 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionclear
.window
))
6081 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6083 XSelectionClearEvent
*eventp
= &(event
.xselectionclear
);
6085 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT
;
6086 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
6087 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
6088 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
6089 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
6093 case SelectionRequest
: /* Someone wants our selection. */
6094 last_user_time
= event
.xselectionrequest
.time
;
6095 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6096 if (!x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionrequest
.owner
))
6098 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6100 XSelectionRequestEvent
*eventp
= &(event
.xselectionrequest
);
6102 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT
;
6103 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
6104 SELECTION_EVENT_REQUESTOR (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->requestor
;
6105 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
6106 SELECTION_EVENT_TARGET (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->target
;
6107 SELECTION_EVENT_PROPERTY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->property
;
6108 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
6109 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
6113 case PropertyNotify
:
6114 last_user_time
= event
.xproperty
.time
;
6115 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xproperty
.window
);
6116 if (f
&& event
.xproperty
.atom
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
)
6117 if (x_handle_net_wm_state (f
, &event
.xproperty
) && f
->iconified
6118 && f
->output_data
.x
->net_wm_state_hidden_seen
)
6120 /* Gnome shell does not iconify us when C-z is pressed. It hides
6121 the frame. So if our state says we aren't hidden anymore,
6122 treat it as deiconified. */
6123 if (! f
->async_iconified
)
6124 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6125 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6126 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6127 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6128 f
->output_data
.x
->net_wm_state_hidden_seen
= 0;
6129 inev
.ie
.kind
= DEICONIFY_EVENT
;
6130 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6133 x_handle_property_notify (&event
.xproperty
);
6134 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, &event
);
6137 case ReparentNotify
:
6138 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xreparent
.window
);
6142 f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
= event
.xreparent
.parent
;
6143 x_real_positions (f
, &x
, &y
);
6147 /* Perhaps reparented due to a WM restart. Reset this. */
6148 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
6149 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->net_supported_window
= 0;
6151 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
6156 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xexpose
.window
);
6160 /* This seems to be needed for GTK 2.6. */
6161 x_clear_area (event
.xexpose
.display
,
6162 event
.xexpose
.window
,
6163 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
6164 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
,
6167 if (f
->async_visible
== 0)
6169 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6170 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6171 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6172 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6176 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
6177 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
);
6181 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6182 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
6184 #if defined USE_LUCID
6185 /* Submenus of the Lucid menu bar aren't widgets
6186 themselves, so there's no way to dispatch events
6187 to them. Recognize this case separately. */
6190 = x_window_to_menu_bar (event
.xexpose
.window
);
6192 xlwmenu_redisplay (widget
);
6194 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
6196 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6197 /* Dispatch event to the widget. */
6199 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6200 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xexpose
.display
,
6201 event
.xexpose
.window
);
6204 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, &event
);
6205 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6208 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6209 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6213 case GraphicsExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6214 source area was obscured or not
6216 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.drawable
);
6220 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.x
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.y
,
6221 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.width
,
6222 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.height
);
6224 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6227 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6230 case NoExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6231 source area was completely
6236 /* Redo the mouse-highlight after the tooltip has gone. */
6237 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6240 redo_mouse_highlight ();
6243 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xunmap
.window
);
6244 if (f
) /* F may no longer exist if
6245 the frame was deleted. */
6247 /* While a frame is unmapped, display generation is
6248 disabled; you don't want to spend time updating a
6249 display that won't ever be seen. */
6250 f
->async_visible
= 0;
6251 /* We can't distinguish, from the event, whether the window
6252 has become iconified or invisible. So assume, if it
6253 was previously visible, than now it is iconified.
6254 But x_make_frame_invisible clears both
6255 the visible flag and the iconified flag;
6256 and that way, we know the window is not iconified now. */
6257 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
6259 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
6261 inev
.ie
.kind
= ICONIFY_EVENT
;
6262 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6268 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6269 /* The tooltip has been drawn already. Avoid
6270 the SET_FRAME_GARBAGED below. */
6273 /* We use x_top_window_to_frame because map events can
6274 come for sub-windows and they don't mean that the
6275 frame is visible. */
6276 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmap
.window
);
6279 /* wait_reading_process_output will notice this and update
6280 the frame's display structures.
6281 If we where iconified, we should not set garbaged,
6282 because that stops redrawing on Expose events. This looks
6283 bad if we are called from a recursive event loop
6284 (x_dispatch_event), for example when a dialog is up. */
6285 if (! f
->async_iconified
)
6286 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6288 /* Check if fullscreen was specified before we where mapped the
6289 first time, i.e. from the command line. */
6290 if (!f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
)
6291 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
6293 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6294 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6295 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6299 inev
.ie
.kind
= DEICONIFY_EVENT
;
6300 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6302 else if (! NILP (Vframe_list
)
6303 && ! NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
6304 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later
6305 to update the frame titles
6306 in case this is the second frame. */
6307 record_asynch_buffer_change ();
6310 xg_frame_resized (f
, -1, -1);
6317 last_user_time
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6318 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6320 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6321 /* Dispatch KeyPress events when in menu. */
6322 if (popup_activated ())
6326 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xkey
.window
);
6328 /* If mouse-highlight is an integer, input clears out
6329 mouse highlighting. */
6330 if (!hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
&& INTEGERP (Vmouse_highlight
)
6332 || !EQ (f
->tool_bar_window
, hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
)))
6334 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6335 hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 1;
6338 #if defined USE_MOTIF && defined USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6341 /* Scroll bars consume key events, but we want
6342 the keys to go to the scroll bar's frame. */
6343 Widget widget
= XtWindowToWidget (dpyinfo
->display
,
6345 if (widget
&& XmIsScrollBar (widget
))
6347 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
6348 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, XtWindow (widget
));
6351 #endif /* USE_MOTIF and USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6355 KeySym keysym
, orig_keysym
;
6356 /* al%imercury@uunet.uu.net says that making this 81
6357 instead of 80 fixed a bug whereby meta chars made
6360 It seems that some version of XmbLookupString has
6361 a bug of not returning XBufferOverflow in
6362 status_return even if the input is too long to
6363 fit in 81 bytes. So, we must prepare sufficient
6364 bytes for copy_buffer. 513 bytes (256 chars for
6365 two-byte character set) seems to be a fairly good
6366 approximation. -- 2000.8.10 handa@etl.go.jp */
6367 unsigned char copy_buffer
[513];
6368 unsigned char *copy_bufptr
= copy_buffer
;
6369 int copy_bufsiz
= sizeof (copy_buffer
);
6371 Lisp_Object coding_system
= Qlatin_1
;
6375 /* Don't pass keys to GTK. A Tab will shift focus to the
6376 tool bar in GTK 2.4. Keys will still go to menus and
6377 dialogs because in that case popup_activated is TRUE
6379 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6383 |= x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
6384 extra_keyboard_modifiers
);
6385 modifiers
= event
.xkey
.state
;
6387 /* This will have to go some day... */
6389 /* make_lispy_event turns chars into control chars.
6390 Don't do it here because XLookupString is too eager. */
6391 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~ControlMask
;
6392 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~(dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
6393 | dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
6394 | dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
6395 | dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
);
6397 /* In case Meta is ComposeCharacter,
6398 clear its status. According to Markus Ehrnsperger
6399 Markus.Ehrnsperger@lehrstuhl-bross.physik.uni-muenchen.de
6400 this enables ComposeCharacter to work whether or
6401 not it is combined with Meta. */
6402 if (modifiers
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
6403 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
6408 Status status_return
;
6410 coding_system
= Vlocale_coding_system
;
6411 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6412 &event
.xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
6413 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6415 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
6417 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
6418 copy_bufptr
= (unsigned char *) alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
6419 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6420 &event
.xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
6421 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6424 /* Xutf8LookupString is a new but already deprecated interface. -stef */
6425 if (status_return
== XLookupNone
)
6427 else if (status_return
== XLookupChars
)
6432 else if (status_return
!= XLookupKeySym
6433 && status_return
!= XLookupBoth
)
6437 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
6438 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6441 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
6442 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6446 /* If not using XIM/XIC, and a compose sequence is in progress,
6447 we break here. Otherwise, chars_matched is always 0. */
6448 if (compose_status
.chars_matched
> 0 && nbytes
== 0)
6451 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
6452 orig_keysym
= keysym
;
6454 /* Common for all keysym input events. */
6455 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6457 = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
), modifiers
);
6458 inev
.ie
.timestamp
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6460 /* First deal with keysyms which have defined
6461 translations to characters. */
6462 if (keysym
>= 32 && keysym
< 128)
6463 /* Avoid explicitly decoding each ASCII character. */
6465 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6466 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6470 /* Keysyms directly mapped to Unicode characters. */
6471 if (keysym
>= 0x01000000 && keysym
<= 0x0110FFFF)
6473 if (keysym
< 0x01000080)
6474 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6476 inev
.ie
.kind
= MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6477 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
& 0xFFFFFF;
6481 /* Now non-ASCII. */
6482 if (HASH_TABLE_P (Vx_keysym_table
)
6483 && (NATNUMP (c
= Fgethash (make_number (keysym
),
6487 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (XFASTINT (c
))
6488 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6489 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6490 inev
.ie
.code
= XFASTINT (c
);
6494 /* Random non-modifier sorts of keysyms. */
6495 if (((keysym
>= XK_BackSpace
&& keysym
<= XK_Escape
)
6496 || keysym
== XK_Delete
6497 #ifdef XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6498 || (keysym
>= XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6499 && keysym
<= XK_ISO_Enter
)
6501 || IsCursorKey (keysym
) /* 0xff50 <= x < 0xff60 */
6502 || IsMiscFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xff60 <= x < VARIES */
6504 /* This recognizes the "extended function
6505 keys". It seems there's no cleaner way.
6506 Test IsModifierKey to avoid handling
6507 mode_switch incorrectly. */
6508 || (XK_Select
<= keysym
&& keysym
< XK_KP_Space
)
6510 #ifdef XK_dead_circumflex
6511 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_circumflex
6513 #ifdef XK_dead_grave
6514 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_grave
6516 #ifdef XK_dead_tilde
6517 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_tilde
6519 #ifdef XK_dead_diaeresis
6520 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_diaeresis
6522 #ifdef XK_dead_macron
6523 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_macron
6525 #ifdef XK_dead_degree
6526 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_degree
6528 #ifdef XK_dead_acute
6529 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_acute
6531 #ifdef XK_dead_cedilla
6532 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_cedilla
6534 #ifdef XK_dead_breve
6535 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_breve
6537 #ifdef XK_dead_ogonek
6538 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_ogonek
6540 #ifdef XK_dead_caron
6541 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_caron
6543 #ifdef XK_dead_doubleacute
6544 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_doubleacute
6546 #ifdef XK_dead_abovedot
6547 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_abovedot
6549 || IsKeypadKey (keysym
) /* 0xff80 <= x < 0xffbe */
6550 || IsFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xffbe <= x < 0xffe1 */
6551 /* Any "vendor-specific" key is ok. */
6552 || (orig_keysym
& (1 << 28))
6553 || (keysym
!= NoSymbol
&& nbytes
== 0))
6554 && ! (IsModifierKey (orig_keysym
)
6555 /* The symbols from XK_ISO_Lock
6556 to XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6557 don't have real modifiers but
6558 should be treated similarly to
6559 Mode_switch by Emacs. */
6560 #if defined XK_ISO_Lock && defined XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6561 || (XK_ISO_Lock
<= orig_keysym
6562 && orig_keysym
<= XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
)
6566 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (keysym
);
6567 /* make_lispy_event will convert this to a symbolic
6569 inev
.ie
.kind
= NON_ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6570 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6574 { /* Raw bytes, not keysym. */
6578 for (i
= 0, nchars
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
++)
6580 if (ASCII_BYTE_P (copy_bufptr
[i
]))
6582 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (copy_bufptr
[i
]);
6585 if (nchars
< nbytes
)
6587 /* Decode the input data. */
6589 /* The input should be decoded with `coding_system'
6590 which depends on which X*LookupString function
6591 we used just above and the locale. */
6592 setup_coding_system (coding_system
, &coding
);
6593 coding
.src_multibyte
= 0;
6594 coding
.dst_multibyte
= 1;
6595 /* The input is converted to events, thus we can't
6596 handle composition. Anyway, there's no XIM that
6597 gives us composition information. */
6598 coding
.common_flags
&= ~CODING_ANNOTATION_MASK
;
6600 SAFE_NALLOCA (coding
.destination
, MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH
,
6602 coding
.dst_bytes
= MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH
* nbytes
;
6603 coding
.mode
|= CODING_MODE_LAST_BLOCK
;
6604 decode_coding_c_string (&coding
, copy_bufptr
, nbytes
, Qnil
);
6605 nbytes
= coding
.produced
;
6606 nchars
= coding
.produced_char
;
6607 copy_bufptr
= coding
.destination
;
6610 /* Convert the input data to a sequence of
6611 character events. */
6612 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
+= len
)
6615 if (nchars
== nbytes
)
6616 ch
= copy_bufptr
[i
], len
= 1;
6618 ch
= STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (copy_bufptr
+ i
, len
);
6619 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (ch
)
6620 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6621 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6623 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
6628 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
; /* Already stored above. */
6630 if (keysym
== NoSymbol
)
6636 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6637 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6645 last_user_time
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6647 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6648 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6656 last_user_time
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6657 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6659 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6661 if (f
&& x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
)
6662 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= event
.xmotion
.time
+ 200;
6664 /* EnterNotify counts as mouse movement,
6665 so update things that depend on mouse position. */
6666 if (f
&& !f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_p
)
6667 note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
);
6669 /* We may get an EnterNotify on the buttons in the toolbar. In that
6670 case we moved out of any highlighted area and need to note this. */
6671 if (!f
&& last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
6672 note_mouse_movement (last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
.xmotion
);
6677 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6681 last_user_time
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6682 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6684 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6687 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
6689 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6690 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6691 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6692 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
6695 /* Generate a nil HELP_EVENT to cancel a help-echo.
6696 Do it only if there's something to cancel.
6697 Otherwise, the startup message is cleared when
6698 the mouse leaves the frame. */
6699 if (any_help_event_p
)
6703 /* See comment in EnterNotify above */
6704 else if (last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
6705 note_mouse_movement (last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
.xmotion
);
6710 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6715 last_user_time
= event
.xmotion
.time
;
6716 previous_help_echo_string
= help_echo_string
;
6717 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
6719 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
6720 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6721 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6723 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmotion
.window
);
6725 if (hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
)
6727 hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
6728 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6732 if (f
&& xg_event_is_for_scrollbar (f
, &event
))
6738 /* Generate SELECT_WINDOW_EVENTs when needed.
6739 Don't let popup menus influence things (bug#1261). */
6740 if (!NILP (Vmouse_autoselect_window
) && !popup_activated ())
6744 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
,
6745 event
.xmotion
.x
, event
.xmotion
.y
,
6748 /* Window will be selected only when it is not selected now and
6749 last mouse movement event was not in it. Minibuffer window
6750 will be selected only when it is active. */
6751 if (WINDOWP (window
)
6752 && !EQ (window
, last_window
)
6753 && !EQ (window
, selected_window
)
6754 /* For click-to-focus window managers
6755 create event iff we don't leave the
6757 && (focus_follows_mouse
6758 || (EQ (XWINDOW (window
)->frame
,
6759 XWINDOW (selected_window
)->frame
))))
6761 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECT_WINDOW_EVENT
;
6762 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= window
;
6767 if (!note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
))
6768 help_echo_string
= previous_help_echo_string
;
6772 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6773 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6774 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xmotion
.display
,
6775 event
.xmotion
.window
);
6778 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, &event
);
6779 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6781 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6782 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6783 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6786 /* If the contents of the global variable help_echo_string
6787 has changed, generate a HELP_EVENT. */
6788 if (!NILP (help_echo_string
)
6789 || !NILP (previous_help_echo_string
))
6794 case ConfigureNotify
:
6795 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xconfigure
.window
);
6798 && (f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xconfigure
.window
))
6799 && event
.xconfigure
.window
== FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
6801 xg_frame_resized (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
,
6802 event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6808 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6810 int rows
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f
, event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6811 int columns
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
);
6813 /* In the toolkit version, change_frame_size
6814 is called by the code that handles resizing
6815 of the EmacsFrame widget. */
6817 /* Even if the number of character rows and columns has
6818 not changed, the font size may have changed, so we need
6819 to check the pixel dimensions as well. */
6820 if (columns
!= FRAME_COLS (f
)
6821 || rows
!= FRAME_LINES (f
)
6822 || event
.xconfigure
.width
!= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6823 || event
.xconfigure
.height
!= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
))
6825 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, columns
, 0, 1, 0);
6826 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6827 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
6830 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.width
;
6831 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.height
;
6832 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
6836 /* GTK creates windows but doesn't map them.
6837 Only get real positions when mapped. */
6838 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)
6839 && gtk_widget_get_mapped (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)))
6842 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
6846 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
))
6847 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
6856 /* If we decide we want to generate an event to be seen
6857 by the rest of Emacs, we put it here. */
6860 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
6861 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= 0;
6862 last_user_time
= event
.xbutton
.time
;
6864 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
6866 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6867 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6869 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xbutton
.window
);
6872 if (f
&& xg_event_is_for_scrollbar (f
, &event
))
6877 /* Is this in the tool-bar? */
6878 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
6879 && WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
)))
6882 int x
= event
.xbutton
.x
;
6883 int y
= event
.xbutton
.y
;
6885 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
, x
, y
, 0, 1);
6886 tool_bar_p
= EQ (window
, f
->tool_bar_window
);
6888 if (tool_bar_p
&& event
.xbutton
.button
< 4)
6890 handle_tool_bar_click (f
, x
, y
,
6891 event
.xbutton
.type
== ButtonPress
,
6892 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
,
6893 event
.xbutton
.state
));
6898 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6899 if (! popup_activated ())
6902 if (ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
)
6904 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
6905 && (int)(event
.xbutton
.time
- ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
) > 0)
6907 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6908 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
.xbutton
, f
);
6910 if (event
.type
== ButtonRelease
)
6911 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6914 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
.xbutton
, f
);
6916 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
6917 xembed_send_message (f
, event
.xbutton
.time
,
6918 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
, 0, 0, 0);
6922 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6923 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xbutton
.display
,
6924 event
.xbutton
.window
);
6926 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6927 /* Make the "Ctrl-Mouse-2 splits window" work for toolkit
6929 if (bar
&& event
.xbutton
.state
& ControlMask
)
6931 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6932 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6934 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6936 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6937 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6940 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6942 dpyinfo
->grabbed
|= (1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6943 last_mouse_frame
= f
;
6946 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
6949 dpyinfo
->grabbed
&= ~(1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6951 /* Ignore any mouse motion that happened before this event;
6952 any subsequent mouse-movement Emacs events should reflect
6953 only motion after the ButtonPress/Release. */
6957 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6958 f
= x_menubar_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, &event
);
6959 /* For a down-event in the menu bar,
6960 don't pass it to Xt right now.
6961 Instead, save it away
6962 and we will pass it to Xt from kbd_buffer_get_event.
6963 That way, we can run some Lisp code first. */
6964 if (! popup_activated ()
6966 /* Gtk+ menus only react to the first three buttons. */
6967 && event
.xbutton
.button
< 3
6969 && f
&& event
.type
== ButtonPress
6970 /* Verify the event is really within the menu bar
6971 and not just sent to it due to grabbing. */
6972 && event
.xbutton
.x
>= 0
6973 && event
.xbutton
.x
< FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6974 && event
.xbutton
.y
>= 0
6975 && event
.xbutton
.y
< f
->output_data
.x
->menubar_height
6976 && event
.xbutton
.same_screen
)
6978 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT
;
6979 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame
, f
);
6980 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6982 else if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6984 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
6989 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT || USE_GTK */
6993 case CirculateNotify
:
6996 case CirculateRequest
:
6999 case VisibilityNotify
:
7003 /* Someone has changed the keyboard mapping - update the
7005 switch (event
.xmapping
.request
)
7007 case MappingModifier
:
7008 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
7009 /* This is meant to fall through. */
7010 case MappingKeyboard
:
7011 XRefreshKeyboardMapping (&event
.xmapping
);
7016 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, &event
);
7021 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7023 if (*finish
!= X_EVENT_DROP
)
7024 XtDispatchEvent (&event
);
7026 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
7031 if (inev
.ie
.kind
!= NO_EVENT
)
7033 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
7038 && !(hold_quit
&& hold_quit
->kind
!= NO_EVENT
))
7043 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
7049 any_help_event_p
= 1;
7050 gen_help_event (help_echo_string
, frame
, help_echo_window
,
7051 help_echo_object
, help_echo_pos
);
7055 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
7056 gen_help_event (Qnil
, frame
, Qnil
, Qnil
, 0);
7066 #if defined USE_GTK || defined USE_X_TOOLKIT
7068 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DISPLAY.
7069 This is used for event loops outside the normal event handling,
7070 i.e. looping while a popup menu or a dialog is posted.
7072 Returns the value handle_one_xevent sets in the finish argument. */
7074 x_dispatch_event (XEvent
*event
, Display
*display
)
7076 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
7077 int finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
7079 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (display
);
7082 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, event
, &finish
, 0);
7089 /* Read events coming from the X server.
7090 This routine is called by the SIGIO handler.
7091 We return as soon as there are no more events to be read.
7093 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer,
7094 thus pretending to be `read' (except the characters we store
7095 in the keyboard buffer can be multibyte, so are not necessarily
7098 EXPECTED is nonzero if the caller knows input is available. */
7101 XTread_socket (struct terminal
*terminal
, int expected
, struct input_event
*hold_quit
)
7104 int event_found
= 0;
7106 if (interrupt_input_blocked
)
7108 interrupt_input_pending
= 1;
7110 pending_signals
= 1;
7115 interrupt_input_pending
= 0;
7117 pending_signals
= pending_atimers
;
7121 /* So people can tell when we have read the available input. */
7122 input_signal_count
++;
7126 /* For debugging, this gives a way to fake an I/O error. */
7127 if (terminal
->display_info
.x
== XTread_socket_fake_io_error
)
7129 XTread_socket_fake_io_error
= 0;
7130 x_io_error_quitter (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
);
7134 while (XPending (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
))
7139 XNextEvent (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
, &event
);
7142 /* Filter events for the current X input method. */
7143 if (x_filter_event (terminal
->display_info
.x
, &event
))
7148 count
+= handle_one_xevent (terminal
->display_info
.x
,
7149 &event
, &finish
, hold_quit
);
7151 if (finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7159 /* For GTK we must use the GTK event loop. But XEvents gets passed
7160 to our filter function above, and then to the big event switch.
7161 We use a bunch of globals to communicate with our filter function,
7162 that is kind of ugly, but it works.
7164 There is no way to do one display at the time, GTK just does events
7165 from all displays. */
7167 while (gtk_events_pending ())
7169 current_count
= count
;
7170 current_hold_quit
= hold_quit
;
7172 gtk_main_iteration ();
7174 count
= current_count
;
7176 current_hold_quit
= 0;
7178 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7181 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7183 /* On some systems, an X bug causes Emacs to get no more events
7184 when the window is destroyed. Detect that. (1994.) */
7187 /* Emacs and the X Server eats up CPU time if XNoOp is done every time.
7188 One XNOOP in 100 loops will make Emacs terminate.
7189 B. Bretthauer, 1994 */
7191 if (x_noop_count
>= 100)
7195 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== 0)
7196 next_noop_dpyinfo
= x_display_list
;
7198 XNoOp (next_noop_dpyinfo
->display
);
7200 /* Each time we get here, cycle through the displays now open. */
7201 next_noop_dpyinfo
= next_noop_dpyinfo
->next
;
7205 /* If the focus was just given to an auto-raising frame,
7207 /* ??? This ought to be able to handle more than one such frame. */
7208 if (pending_autoraise_frame
)
7210 x_raise_frame (pending_autoraise_frame
);
7211 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
7223 /***********************************************************************
7225 ***********************************************************************/
7227 /* Set clipping for output in glyph row ROW. W is the window in which
7228 we operate. GC is the graphics context to set clipping in.
7230 ROW may be a text row or, e.g., a mode line. Text rows must be
7231 clipped to the interior of the window dedicated to text display,
7232 mode lines must be clipped to the whole window. */
7235 x_clip_to_row (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
, int area
, GC gc
)
7237 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7238 XRectangle clip_rect
;
7239 int window_x
, window_y
, window_width
;
7241 window_box (w
, area
, &window_x
, &window_y
, &window_width
, 0);
7243 clip_rect
.x
= window_x
;
7244 clip_rect
.y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, row
->y
));
7245 clip_rect
.y
= max (clip_rect
.y
, window_y
);
7246 clip_rect
.width
= window_width
;
7247 clip_rect
.height
= row
->visible_height
;
7249 XSetClipRectangles (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
, 0, 0, &clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
7253 /* Draw a hollow box cursor on window W in glyph row ROW. */
7256 x_draw_hollow_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
)
7258 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7259 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
7260 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7263 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7266 /* Get the glyph the cursor is on. If we can't tell because
7267 the current matrix is invalid or such, give up. */
7268 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7269 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7272 /* Compute frame-relative coordinates for phys cursor. */
7273 get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &x
, &y
, &h
);
7274 wd
= w
->phys_cursor_width
;
7276 /* The foreground of cursor_gc is typically the same as the normal
7277 background color, which can cause the cursor box to be invisible. */
7278 xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7279 if (dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
)
7280 XChangeGC (dpy
, dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7282 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7283 GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7284 gc
= dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7286 /* Set clipping, draw the rectangle, and reset clipping again. */
7287 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7288 XDrawRectangle (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
, x
, y
, wd
, h
- 1);
7289 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7293 /* Draw a bar cursor on window W in glyph row ROW.
7295 Implementation note: One would like to draw a bar cursor with an
7296 angle equal to the one given by the font property XA_ITALIC_ANGLE.
7297 Unfortunately, I didn't find a font yet that has this property set.
7301 x_draw_bar_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
, int width
, enum text_cursor_kinds kind
)
7303 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
7304 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7306 /* If cursor is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can happen
7307 in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area glyphs
7309 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7310 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7313 /* If on an image, draw like a normal cursor. That's usually better
7314 visible than drawing a bar, esp. if the image is large so that
7315 the bar might not be in the window. */
7316 if (cursor_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
)
7318 struct glyph_row
*r
;
7319 r
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
);
7320 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, r
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7324 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7325 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
7326 GC gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7327 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
7328 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, cursor_glyph
->face_id
);
7331 /* If the glyph's background equals the color we normally draw
7332 the bars cursor in, the bar cursor in its normal color is
7333 invisible. Use the glyph's foreground color instead in this
7334 case, on the assumption that the glyph's colors are chosen so
7335 that the glyph is legible. */
7336 if (face
->background
== f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
7337 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= face
->foreground
;
7339 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7340 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= 0;
7343 XChangeGC (dpy
, gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7346 gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7347 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
= gc
;
7350 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7352 if (kind
== BAR_CURSOR
)
7354 int x
= WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
);
7357 width
= FRAME_CURSOR_WIDTH (f
);
7358 width
= min (cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
, width
);
7360 w
->phys_cursor_width
= width
;
7362 /* If the character under cursor is R2L, draw the bar cursor
7363 on the right of its glyph, rather than on the left. */
7364 if ((cursor_glyph
->resolved_level
& 1) != 0)
7365 x
+= cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
- width
;
7367 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
, x
,
7368 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
),
7369 width
, row
->height
);
7373 int dummy_x
, dummy_y
, dummy_h
;
7376 width
= row
->height
;
7378 width
= min (row
->height
, width
);
7380 get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &dummy_x
,
7381 &dummy_y
, &dummy_h
);
7383 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7384 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7385 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
+
7386 row
->height
- width
),
7387 w
->phys_cursor_width
, width
);
7390 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7395 /* RIF: Define cursor CURSOR on frame F. */
7398 x_define_frame_cursor (struct frame
*f
, Cursor cursor
)
7400 if (!f
->pointer_invisible
7401 && f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
!= cursor
)
7402 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), cursor
);
7403 f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
= cursor
;
7407 /* RIF: Clear area on frame F. */
7410 x_clear_frame_area (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
)
7412 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7413 x
, y
, width
, height
, False
);
7415 /* Must queue a redraw, because scroll bars might have been cleared. */
7416 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
7417 gtk_widget_queue_draw (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
7422 /* RIF: Draw cursor on window W. */
7425 x_draw_window_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*glyph_row
, int x
, int y
, int cursor_type
, int cursor_width
, int on_p
, int active_p
)
7427 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7431 w
->phys_cursor_type
= cursor_type
;
7432 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= 1;
7434 if (glyph_row
->exact_window_width_line_p
7435 && (glyph_row
->reversed_p
7436 ? (w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
< 0)
7437 : (w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
>= glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])))
7439 glyph_row
->cursor_in_fringe_p
= 1;
7440 draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, glyph_row
, glyph_row
->reversed_p
);
7444 switch (cursor_type
)
7446 case HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
:
7447 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, glyph_row
);
7450 case FILLED_BOX_CURSOR
:
7451 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, glyph_row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7455 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, BAR_CURSOR
);
7459 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, HBAR_CURSOR
);
7463 w
->phys_cursor_width
= 0;
7472 if (w
== XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
))
7473 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
))
7474 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, x
, y
);
7479 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
7486 /* Make the x-window of frame F use the gnu icon bitmap. */
7489 x_bitmap_icon (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object file
)
7491 ptrdiff_t bitmap_id
;
7493 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7496 /* Free up our existing icon bitmap and mask if any. */
7497 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7498 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7499 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7504 /* Use gtk_window_set_icon_from_file () if available,
7505 It's not restricted to bitmaps */
7506 if (xg_set_icon (f
, file
))
7508 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7509 bitmap_id
= x_create_bitmap_from_file (f
, file
);
7510 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, bitmap_id
);
7514 /* Create the GNU bitmap and mask if necessary. */
7515 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
< 0)
7521 if (xg_set_icon (f
, xg_default_icon_file
)
7522 || xg_set_icon_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
))
7525 #elif defined (HAVE_XPM) && defined (HAVE_X_WINDOWS)
7527 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
);
7529 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7533 /* If all else fails, use the (black and white) xbm image. */
7536 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_data (f
, (char *) gnu_xbm_bits
,
7537 gnu_xbm_width
, gnu_xbm_height
);
7541 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7542 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7546 /* The first time we create the GNU bitmap and mask,
7547 this increments the ref-count one extra time.
7548 As a result, the GNU bitmap and mask are never freed.
7549 That way, we don't have to worry about allocating it again. */
7550 x_reference_bitmap (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7552 bitmap_id
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
;
7555 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, bitmap_id
);
7556 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= bitmap_id
;
7562 /* Make the x-window of frame F use a rectangle with text.
7563 Use ICON_NAME as the text. */
7566 x_text_icon (struct frame
*f
, const char *icon_name
)
7568 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7573 text
.value
= (unsigned char *) icon_name
;
7574 text
.encoding
= XA_STRING
;
7576 text
.nitems
= strlen (icon_name
);
7577 XSetWMIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &text
);
7580 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7581 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7582 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7583 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, 0);
7588 #define X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE 200
7590 /* If non-nil, this should be a string.
7591 It means catch X errors and store the error message in this string.
7593 The reason we use a stack is that x_catch_error/x_uncatch_error can
7594 be called from a signal handler.
7597 struct x_error_message_stack
{
7598 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
7600 struct x_error_message_stack
*prev
;
7602 static struct x_error_message_stack
*x_error_message
;
7604 /* An X error handler which stores the error message in
7605 *x_error_message. This is called from x_error_handler if
7606 x_catch_errors is in effect. */
7609 x_error_catcher (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*event
)
7611 XGetErrorText (display
, event
->error_code
,
7612 x_error_message
->string
,
7613 X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7616 /* Begin trapping X errors for display DPY. Actually we trap X errors
7617 for all displays, but DPY should be the display you are actually
7620 After calling this function, X protocol errors no longer cause
7621 Emacs to exit; instead, they are recorded in the string
7622 stored in *x_error_message.
7624 Calling x_check_errors signals an Emacs error if an X error has
7625 occurred since the last call to x_catch_errors or x_check_errors.
7627 Calling x_uncatch_errors resumes the normal error handling. */
7630 x_catch_errors (Display
*dpy
)
7632 struct x_error_message_stack
*data
= xmalloc (sizeof (*data
));
7634 /* Make sure any errors from previous requests have been dealt with. */
7638 data
->string
[0] = 0;
7639 data
->prev
= x_error_message
;
7640 x_error_message
= data
;
7643 /* Undo the last x_catch_errors call.
7644 DPY should be the display that was passed to x_catch_errors. */
7647 x_uncatch_errors (void)
7649 struct x_error_message_stack
*tmp
;
7653 /* The display may have been closed before this function is called.
7654 Check if it is still open before calling XSync. */
7655 if (x_display_info_for_display (x_error_message
->dpy
) != 0)
7656 XSync (x_error_message
->dpy
, False
);
7658 tmp
= x_error_message
;
7659 x_error_message
= x_error_message
->prev
;
7664 /* If any X protocol errors have arrived since the last call to
7665 x_catch_errors or x_check_errors, signal an Emacs error using
7666 sprintf (a buffer, FORMAT, the x error message text) as the text. */
7669 x_check_errors (Display
*dpy
, const char *format
)
7671 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7674 if (x_error_message
->string
[0])
7676 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
7677 memcpy (string
, x_error_message
->string
, X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7678 x_uncatch_errors ();
7679 error (format
, string
);
7683 /* Nonzero if we had any X protocol errors
7684 since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7687 x_had_errors_p (Display
*dpy
)
7689 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7692 return x_error_message
->string
[0] != 0;
7695 /* Forget about any errors we have had, since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7698 x_clear_errors (Display
*dpy
)
7700 x_error_message
->string
[0] = 0;
7703 #if 0 /* See comment in unwind_to_catch why calling this is a bad
7704 * idea. --lorentey */
7705 /* Close off all unclosed x_catch_errors calls. */
7708 x_fully_uncatch_errors (void)
7710 while (x_error_message
)
7711 x_uncatch_errors ();
7716 static unsigned int x_wire_count
;
7719 fprintf (stderr
, "Lib call: %d\n", ++x_wire_count
);
7724 /* Handle SIGPIPE, which can happen when the connection to a server
7725 simply goes away. SIGPIPE is handled by x_connection_signal.
7726 Don't need to do anything, because the write which caused the
7727 SIGPIPE will fail, causing Xlib to invoke the X IO error handler,
7728 which will do the appropriate cleanup for us. */
7731 x_connection_signal (int signalnum
) /* If we don't have an argument, */
7732 /* some compilers complain in signal calls. */
7735 /* USG systems forget handlers when they are used;
7736 must reestablish each time */
7737 signal (signalnum
, x_connection_signal
);
7742 /************************************************************************
7744 ************************************************************************/
7746 /* Error message passed to x_connection_closed. */
7748 static char *error_msg
;
7750 /* Handle the loss of connection to display DPY. ERROR_MESSAGE is
7751 the text of an error message that lead to the connection loss. */
7754 x_connection_closed (Display
*dpy
, const char *error_message
)
7756 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
7757 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7758 int idx
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
7760 error_msg
= (char *) alloca (strlen (error_message
) + 1);
7761 strcpy (error_msg
, error_message
);
7762 handling_signal
= 0;
7764 /* Inhibit redisplay while frames are being deleted. */
7765 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay
, Qt
);
7769 /* Protect display from being closed when we delete the last
7771 dpyinfo
->reference_count
++;
7772 dpyinfo
->terminal
->reference_count
++;
7775 /* First delete frames whose mini-buffers are on frames
7776 that are on the dead display. */
7777 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7779 Lisp_Object minibuf_frame
;
7781 = WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (XFRAME (frame
))));
7782 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7783 && FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
))
7784 && ! EQ (frame
, minibuf_frame
)
7785 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7786 delete_frame (frame
, Qnoelisp
);
7789 /* Now delete all remaining frames on the dead display.
7790 We are now sure none of these is used as the mini-buffer
7791 for another frame that we need to delete. */
7792 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7793 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7794 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7796 /* Set this to t so that delete_frame won't get confused
7797 trying to find a replacement. */
7798 KVAR (FRAME_KBOARD (XFRAME (frame
)), Vdefault_minibuffer_frame
) = Qt
;
7799 delete_frame (frame
, Qnoelisp
);
7802 /* If DPYINFO is null, this means we didn't open the display in the
7803 first place, so don't try to close it. */
7806 /* We can not call XtCloseDisplay here because it calls XSync.
7807 XSync inside the error handler apparently hangs Emacs. On
7808 current Xt versions, this isn't needed either. */
7810 /* A long-standing GTK bug prevents proper disconnect handling
7811 (https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=85715). Once,
7812 the resulting Glib error message loop filled a user's disk.
7813 To avoid this, kill Emacs unconditionally on disconnect. */
7814 shut_down_emacs (0, 0, Qnil
);
7815 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n\
7816 When compiled with GTK, Emacs cannot recover from X disconnects.\n\
7817 This is a GTK bug: https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=85715\n\
7818 For details, see etc/PROBLEMS.\n",
7821 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7823 /* Indicate that this display is dead. */
7824 dpyinfo
->display
= 0;
7826 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
7827 dpyinfo
->terminal
->reference_count
--;
7828 if (dpyinfo
->reference_count
!= 0)
7829 /* We have just closed all frames on this display. */
7834 XSETTERMINAL (tmp
, dpyinfo
->terminal
);
7835 Fdelete_terminal (tmp
, Qnoelisp
);
7839 if (terminal_list
== 0)
7841 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7842 Fkill_emacs (make_number (70));
7846 /* Ordinary stack unwind doesn't deal with these. */
7848 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGIO
));
7850 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGALRM
));
7851 TOTALLY_UNBLOCK_INPUT
;
7853 unbind_to (idx
, Qnil
);
7854 clear_waiting_for_input ();
7856 /* Tell GCC not to suggest attribute 'noreturn' for this function. */
7857 IF_LINT (if (! terminal_list
) return; )
7859 /* Here, we absolutely have to use a non-local exit (e.g. signal, throw,
7860 longjmp), because returning from this function would get us back into
7861 Xlib's code which will directly call `exit'. */
7862 error ("%s", error_msg
);
7865 /* We specifically use it before defining it, so that gcc doesn't inline it,
7866 otherwise gdb doesn't know how to properly put a breakpoint on it. */
7867 static void x_error_quitter (Display
*, XErrorEvent
*);
7869 /* This is the first-level handler for X protocol errors.
7870 It calls x_error_quitter or x_error_catcher. */
7873 x_error_handler (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*event
)
7876 if (event
->error_code
== BadMatch
7877 && event
->request_code
== X_SetInputFocus
7878 && event
->minor_code
== 0)
7884 if (x_error_message
)
7885 x_error_catcher (display
, event
);
7887 x_error_quitter (display
, event
);
7891 /* This is the usual handler for X protocol errors.
7892 It kills all frames on the display that we got the error for.
7893 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7895 /* .gdbinit puts a breakpoint here, so make sure it is not inlined. */
7897 /* On older GCC versions, just putting x_error_quitter
7898 after x_error_handler prevents inlining into the former. */
7900 static void NO_INLINE
7901 x_error_quitter (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*event
)
7903 char buf
[256], buf1
[356];
7905 /* Ignore BadName errors. They can happen because of fonts
7906 or colors that are not defined. */
7908 if (event
->error_code
== BadName
)
7911 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
7912 original error handler. */
7914 XGetErrorText (display
, event
->error_code
, buf
, sizeof (buf
));
7915 sprintf (buf1
, "X protocol error: %s on protocol request %d",
7916 buf
, event
->request_code
);
7917 x_connection_closed (display
, buf1
);
7921 /* This is the handler for X IO errors, always.
7922 It kills all frames on the display that we lost touch with.
7923 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7926 x_io_error_quitter (Display
*display
)
7930 snprintf (buf
, sizeof buf
, "Connection lost to X server `%s'",
7931 DisplayString (display
));
7932 x_connection_closed (display
, buf
);
7936 /* Changing the font of the frame. */
7938 /* Give frame F the font FONT-OBJECT as its default font. The return
7939 value is FONT-OBJECT. FONTSET is an ID of the fontset for the
7940 frame. If it is negative, generate a new fontset from
7944 x_new_font (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object font_object
, int fontset
)
7946 struct font
*font
= XFONT_OBJECT (font_object
);
7949 fontset
= fontset_from_font (font_object
);
7950 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = fontset
;
7951 if (FRAME_FONT (f
) == font
)
7952 /* This font is already set in frame F. There's nothing more to
7956 FRAME_FONT (f
) = font
;
7957 FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (f
) = font
->baseline_offset
;
7958 FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) = font
->average_width
;
7959 FRAME_SPACE_WIDTH (f
) = font
->space_width
;
7960 FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) = FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
7962 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 1);
7964 /* Compute the scroll bar width in character columns. */
7965 if (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0)
7967 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
7968 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
)
7969 = (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) + wid
-1) / wid
;
7973 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
7974 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) = (14 + wid
- 1) / wid
;
7977 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) != 0)
7979 /* Don't change the size of a tip frame; there's no point in
7980 doing it because it's done in Fx_show_tip, and it leads to
7981 problems because the tip frame has no widget. */
7982 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
7983 x_set_window_size (f
, 0, FRAME_COLS (f
), FRAME_LINES (f
));
7988 && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & (XIMPreeditPosition
| XIMStatusArea
)))
7991 xic_set_xfontset (f
, SSDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset
)));
8000 /***********************************************************************
8002 ***********************************************************************/
8008 /* XIM destroy callback function, which is called whenever the
8009 connection to input method XIM dies. CLIENT_DATA contains a
8010 pointer to the x_display_info structure corresponding to XIM. */
8013 xim_destroy_callback (XIM xim
, XPointer client_data
, XPointer call_data
)
8015 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) client_data
;
8016 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
8020 /* No need to call XDestroyIC.. */
8021 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
8023 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
8024 if (FRAME_X_P (f
) && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
)
8026 FRAME_XIC (f
) = NULL
;
8027 xic_free_xfontset (f
);
8031 /* No need to call XCloseIM. */
8032 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8033 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
8037 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6 */
8040 /* This isn't prototyped in OSF 5.0 or 5.1a. */
8041 extern char *XSetIMValues (XIM
, ...);
8044 /* Open the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
8045 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name Emacs uses. */
8048 xim_open_dpy (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, char *resource_name
)
8056 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
8057 xim
= XOpenIM (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
, resource_name
,
8064 XIMCallback destroy
;
8067 /* Get supported styles and XIM values. */
8068 XGetIMValues (xim
, XNQueryInputStyle
, &dpyinfo
->xim_styles
, NULL
);
8071 destroy
.callback
= xim_destroy_callback
;
8072 destroy
.client_data
= (XPointer
)dpyinfo
;
8073 XSetIMValues (xim
, XNDestroyCallback
, &destroy
, NULL
);
8079 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8080 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8084 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8086 /* XIM instantiate callback function, which is called whenever an XIM
8087 server is available. DISPLAY is the display of the XIM.
8088 CLIENT_DATA contains a pointer to an xim_inst_t structure created
8089 when the callback was registered. */
8092 xim_instantiate_callback (Display
*display
, XPointer client_data
, XPointer call_data
)
8094 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) client_data
;
8095 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= xim_inst
->dpyinfo
;
8097 /* We don't support multiple XIM connections. */
8101 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, xim_inst
->resource_name
);
8103 /* Create XIC for the existing frames on the same display, as long
8104 as they have no XIC. */
8105 if (dpyinfo
->xim
&& dpyinfo
->reference_count
> 0)
8107 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
8110 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
8112 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
8115 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == xim_inst
->dpyinfo
)
8116 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) == NULL
)
8118 create_frame_xic (f
);
8119 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
)
8120 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
8121 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
)
8123 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
);
8124 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, w
->cursor
.x
, w
->cursor
.y
);
8133 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8136 /* Open a connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
8137 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name for Emacs. On X11R5, open the
8138 connection only at the first time. On X11R6, open the connection
8139 in the XIM instantiate callback function. */
8142 xim_initialize (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, char *resource_name
)
8144 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8148 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8149 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
;
8152 xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct xim_inst_t
));
8153 dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
= xim_inst
;
8154 xim_inst
->dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
;
8155 len
= strlen (resource_name
);
8156 xim_inst
->resource_name
= (char *) xmalloc (len
+ 1);
8157 memcpy (xim_inst
->resource_name
, resource_name
, len
+ 1);
8158 XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8159 resource_name
, emacs_class
,
8160 xim_instantiate_callback
,
8161 /* This is XPointer in XFree86
8162 but (XPointer *) on Tru64, at
8163 least, hence the configure test. */
8164 (XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback_arg6
) xim_inst
);
8165 #else /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8166 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
8167 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8169 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8173 /* Close the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO. */
8176 xim_close_dpy (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
8181 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8182 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8183 XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8185 xim_instantiate_callback
, NULL
);
8186 xfree (dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
->resource_name
);
8187 xfree (dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
);
8188 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8189 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8190 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
8191 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8192 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
8194 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8197 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8201 /* Calculate the absolute position in frame F
8202 from its current recorded position values and gravity. */
8205 x_calc_absolute_position (struct frame
*f
)
8207 int flags
= f
->size_hint_flags
;
8209 /* We have nothing to do if the current position
8210 is already for the top-left corner. */
8211 if (! ((flags
& XNegative
) || (flags
& YNegative
)))
8214 /* Treat negative positions as relative to the leftmost bottommost
8215 position that fits on the screen. */
8216 if (flags
& XNegative
)
8217 f
->left_pos
= x_display_pixel_width (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
8218 - FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) + f
->left_pos
;
8221 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8223 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && defined USE_MOTIF
8224 /* Something is fishy here. When using Motif, starting Emacs with
8225 `-g -0-0', the frame appears too low by a few pixels.
8227 This seems to be so because initially, while Emacs is starting,
8228 the column widget's height and the frame's pixel height are
8229 different. The column widget's height is the right one. In
8230 later invocations, when Emacs is up, the frame's pixel height
8233 It's not obvious where the initial small difference comes from.
8234 2000-12-01, gerd. */
8236 XtVaGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->column_widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
8239 if (flags
& YNegative
)
8240 f
->top_pos
= x_display_pixel_height (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
8241 - height
+ f
->top_pos
;
8244 /* The left_pos and top_pos
8245 are now relative to the top and left screen edges,
8246 so the flags should correspond. */
8247 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8250 /* CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1 when calling from Fset_frame_position,
8251 to really change the position, and 0 when calling from
8252 x_make_frame_visible (in that case, XOFF and YOFF are the current
8253 position values). It is -1 when calling from x_set_frame_parameters,
8254 which means, do adjust for borders but don't change the gravity. */
8257 x_set_offset (struct frame
*f
, register int xoff
, register int yoff
, int change_gravity
)
8259 int modified_top
, modified_left
;
8261 if (change_gravity
> 0)
8263 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->left_before_move
= f
->left_pos
;
8264 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->top_before_move
= f
->top_pos
;
8268 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8270 f
->size_hint_flags
|= XNegative
;
8272 f
->size_hint_flags
|= YNegative
;
8273 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8275 x_calc_absolute_position (f
);
8278 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8280 modified_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8281 modified_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8283 if (change_gravity
!= 0 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
)
8285 /* Some WMs (twm, wmaker at least) has an offset that is smaller
8286 than the WM decorations. So we use the calculated offset instead
8287 of the WM decoration sizes here (x/y_pixels_outer_diff). */
8288 modified_left
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8289 modified_top
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8292 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8293 modified_left
, modified_top
);
8295 x_sync_with_move (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
,
8296 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
8299 /* change_gravity is non-zero when this function is called from Lisp to
8300 programmatically move a frame. In that case, we call
8301 x_check_expected_move to discover if we have a "Type A" or "Type B"
8302 window manager, and, for a "Type A" window manager, adjust the position
8305 We call x_check_expected_move if a programmatic move occurred, and
8306 either the window manager type (A/B) is unknown or it is Type A but we
8307 need to compute the top/left offset adjustment for this frame. */
8309 if (change_gravity
!= 0 &&
8310 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
8311 || (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
8312 && (FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
== 0
8313 && FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
== 0))))
8314 x_check_expected_move (f
, modified_left
, modified_top
);
8319 /* Return non-zero if _NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK window exists and _NET_SUPPORTED
8320 on the root window for frame F contains ATOMNAME.
8321 This is how a WM check shall be done according to the Window Manager
8322 Specification/Extended Window Manager Hints at
8323 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec. */
8326 wm_supports (struct frame
*f
, Atom want_atom
)
8329 unsigned long actual_size
, bytes_remaining
;
8330 int i
, rc
, actual_format
;
8331 Window wmcheck_window
;
8332 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8333 Window target_window
= dpyinfo
->root_window
;
8334 long max_len
= 65536;
8335 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
8336 unsigned char *tmp_data
= NULL
;
8337 Atom target_type
= XA_WINDOW
;
8341 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
8342 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, target_window
,
8343 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supporting_wm_check
,
8344 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8345 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8346 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8348 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= XA_WINDOW
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8350 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8351 x_uncatch_errors ();
8356 wmcheck_window
= *(Window
*) tmp_data
;
8359 /* Check if window exists. */
8360 XSelectInput (dpy
, wmcheck_window
, StructureNotifyMask
);
8362 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8364 x_uncatch_errors ();
8369 if (dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
!= wmcheck_window
)
8371 /* Window changed, reload atoms */
8372 if (dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
!= NULL
)
8373 XFree (dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
);
8374 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= NULL
;
8375 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= 0;
8376 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= 0;
8378 target_type
= XA_ATOM
;
8380 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, target_window
,
8381 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supported
,
8382 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8383 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8384 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8386 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= XA_ATOM
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8388 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8389 x_uncatch_errors ();
8394 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= (Atom
*)tmp_data
;
8395 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= actual_size
;
8396 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= wmcheck_window
;
8401 for (i
= 0; rc
== 0 && i
< dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
; ++i
)
8402 rc
= dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
[i
] == want_atom
;
8404 x_uncatch_errors ();
8411 set_wm_state (Lisp_Object frame
, int add
, Atom atom
, Atom value
)
8413 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
));
8415 x_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
8416 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
,
8418 /* 1 = add, 0 = remove */
8420 (make_number (add
? 1 : 0),
8422 (make_fixnum_or_float (atom
),
8424 ? Fcons (make_fixnum_or_float (value
), Qnil
)
8429 x_set_sticky (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object new_value
, Lisp_Object old_value
)
8432 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8434 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8436 set_wm_state (frame
, NILP (new_value
) ? 0 : 1,
8437 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
, None
);
8440 /* Return the current _NET_WM_STATE.
8441 SIZE_STATE is set to one of the FULLSCREEN_* values.
8442 STICKY is set to 1 if the sticky state is set, 0 if not.
8444 Return non-zero if we are not hidden, zero if we are. */
8447 get_current_wm_state (struct frame
*f
,
8453 unsigned long actual_size
, bytes_remaining
;
8454 int i
, rc
, actual_format
, is_hidden
= 0;
8455 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8456 long max_len
= 65536;
8457 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
8458 unsigned char *tmp_data
= NULL
;
8459 Atom target_type
= XA_ATOM
;
8462 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8465 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
8466 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, window
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
,
8467 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8468 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8469 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8471 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= target_type
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8473 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8474 x_uncatch_errors ();
8476 return ! f
->iconified
;
8479 x_uncatch_errors ();
8481 for (i
= 0; i
< actual_size
; ++i
)
8483 Atom a
= ((Atom
*)tmp_data
)[i
];
8484 if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_hidden
)
8487 f
->output_data
.x
->net_wm_state_hidden_seen
= 1;
8489 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
)
8491 if (*size_state
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
)
8492 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
;
8494 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
;
8496 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
)
8498 if (*size_state
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
)
8499 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
;
8501 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
;
8503 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
)
8504 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_BOTH
;
8505 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
)
8509 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8514 /* Do fullscreen as specified in extended window manager hints */
8517 do_ewmh_fullscreen (struct frame
*f
)
8519 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8520 int have_net_atom
= wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
);
8523 (void)get_current_wm_state (f
, FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &cur
, &dummy
);
8525 /* Some window managers don't say they support _NET_WM_STATE, but they do say
8526 they support _NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN. Try that also. */
8528 have_net_atom
= wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
);
8530 if (have_net_atom
&& cur
!= f
->want_fullscreen
)
8534 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8536 /* Keep number of calls to set_wm_state as low as possible.
8537 Some window managers, or possible Gtk+, hangs when too many
8538 are sent at once. */
8539 switch (f
->want_fullscreen
)
8541 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8542 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
8543 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
)
8544 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
8545 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8546 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
, None
);
8548 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8549 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
8550 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8551 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
,
8552 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8553 if (cur
!= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8554 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
, None
);
8556 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8557 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
8558 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8559 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
,
8560 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
);
8561 if (cur
!= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8562 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
, None
);
8564 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8565 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
8566 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
, None
);
8567 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
8568 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8570 case FULLSCREEN_NONE
:
8571 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
8572 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
, None
);
8574 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
8575 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8578 f
->want_fullscreen
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8582 return have_net_atom
;
8586 XTfullscreen_hook (FRAME_PTR f
)
8588 if (f
->async_visible
)
8591 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
8599 x_handle_net_wm_state (struct frame
*f
, XPropertyEvent
*event
)
8601 int value
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8604 int not_hidden
= get_current_wm_state (f
, event
->window
, &value
, &sticky
);
8609 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8612 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8615 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8618 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8623 store_frame_param (f
, Qfullscreen
, lval
);
8624 store_frame_param (f
, Qsticky
, sticky
? Qt
: Qnil
);
8629 /* Check if we need to resize the frame due to a fullscreen request.
8630 If so needed, resize the frame. */
8632 x_check_fullscreen (struct frame
*f
)
8634 if (do_ewmh_fullscreen (f
))
8637 if (f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
!= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
8638 return; /* Only fullscreen without WM or with EWM hints (above). */
8640 /* Setting fullscreen to nil doesn't do anything. We could save the
8641 last non-fullscreen size and restore it, but it seems like a
8642 lot of work for this unusual case (no window manager running). */
8644 if (f
->want_fullscreen
!= FULLSCREEN_NONE
)
8646 int width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
), height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8647 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8649 switch (f
->want_fullscreen
)
8651 /* No difference between these two when there is no WM */
8652 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8653 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8654 width
= x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
);
8655 height
= x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
);
8657 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8658 width
= x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
);
8660 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8661 height
= x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
);
8664 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8669 /* This function is called by x_set_offset to determine whether the window
8670 manager interfered with the positioning of the frame. Type A window
8671 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations a small
8672 amount above and left of the user-supplied position. Type B window
8673 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations at the
8674 user-specified position. If we detect a Type A window manager, we
8675 compensate by moving the window right and down by the proper amount. */
8678 x_check_expected_move (struct frame
*f
, int expected_left
, int expected_top
)
8680 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
8682 /* x_real_positions returns the left and top offsets of the outermost
8683 window manager window around the frame. */
8685 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
8687 if (current_left
!= expected_left
|| current_top
!= expected_top
)
8689 /* It's a "Type A" window manager. */
8694 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_A
;
8695 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
= expected_left
- current_left
;
8696 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
= expected_top
- current_top
;
8698 /* Now fix the mispositioned frame's location. */
8700 adjusted_left
= expected_left
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8701 adjusted_top
= expected_top
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8703 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8704 adjusted_left
, adjusted_top
);
8706 x_sync_with_move (f
, expected_left
, expected_top
, 0);
8709 /* It's a "Type B" window manager. We don't have to adjust the
8710 frame's position. */
8712 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_B
;
8716 /* Wait for XGetGeometry to return up-to-date position information for a
8717 recently-moved frame. Call this immediately after calling XMoveWindow.
8718 If FUZZY is non-zero, then LEFT and TOP are just estimates of where the
8719 frame has been moved to, so we use a fuzzy position comparison instead
8720 of an exact comparison. */
8723 x_sync_with_move (struct frame
*f
, int left
, int top
, int fuzzy
)
8727 while (count
++ < 50)
8729 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
8731 /* In theory, this call to XSync only needs to happen once, but in
8732 practice, it doesn't seem to work, hence the need for the surrounding
8735 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
8736 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
8740 /* The left fuzz-factor is 10 pixels. The top fuzz-factor is 40
8743 if (eabs (current_left
- left
) <= 10
8744 && eabs (current_top
- top
) <= 40)
8747 else if (current_left
== left
&& current_top
== top
)
8751 /* As a last resort, just wait 0.5 seconds and hope that XGetGeometry
8752 will then return up-to-date position info. */
8754 wait_reading_process_output (0, 500000, 0, 0, Qnil
, NULL
, 0);
8758 /* Wait for an event on frame F matching EVENTTYPE. */
8760 x_wait_for_event (struct frame
*f
, int eventtype
)
8762 int level
= interrupt_input_blocked
;
8765 EMACS_TIME tmo
, tmo_at
, time_now
;
8766 int fd
= ConnectionNumber (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8768 pending_event_wait
.f
= f
;
8769 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= eventtype
;
8771 /* Set timeout to 0.1 second. Hopefully not noticeable.
8772 Maybe it should be configurable. */
8773 EMACS_SET_SECS_USECS (tmo
, 0, 100000);
8774 EMACS_GET_TIME (tmo_at
);
8775 EMACS_ADD_TIME (tmo_at
, tmo_at
, tmo
);
8777 while (pending_event_wait
.eventtype
)
8779 interrupt_input_pending
= 1;
8780 TOTALLY_UNBLOCK_INPUT
;
8781 /* XTread_socket is called after unblock. */
8783 interrupt_input_blocked
= level
;
8788 EMACS_GET_TIME (time_now
);
8789 EMACS_SUB_TIME (tmo
, tmo_at
, time_now
);
8791 if (EMACS_TIME_NEG_P (tmo
) || select (fd
+1, &fds
, NULL
, NULL
, &tmo
) == 0)
8792 break; /* Timeout */
8794 pending_event_wait
.f
= 0;
8795 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= 0;
8799 /* Change the size of frame F's X window to COLS/ROWS in the case F
8800 doesn't have a widget. If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to
8801 top-left-corner window gravity for this size change and subsequent
8802 size changes. Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8805 x_set_window_size_1 (struct frame
*f
, int change_gravity
, int cols
, int rows
)
8807 int pixelwidth
, pixelheight
;
8809 check_frame_size (f
, &rows
, &cols
);
8810 f
->scroll_bar_actual_width
8811 = (!FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
)
8813 : FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
));
8815 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 0);
8817 pixelwidth
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, cols
)
8818 + FRAME_TOOLBAR_WIDTH (f
);
8819 pixelheight
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, rows
)
8820 + FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
) + FRAME_TOOLBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
8822 if (change_gravity
) f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8823 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8824 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8825 pixelwidth
, pixelheight
);
8828 /* We've set {FRAME,PIXEL}_{WIDTH,HEIGHT} to the values we hope to
8829 receive in the ConfigureNotify event; if we get what we asked
8830 for, then the event won't cause the screen to become garbaged, so
8831 we have to make sure to do it here. */
8832 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8834 /* Now, strictly speaking, we can't be sure that this is accurate,
8835 but the window manager will get around to dealing with the size
8836 change request eventually, and we'll hear how it went when the
8837 ConfigureNotify event gets here.
8839 We could just not bother storing any of this information here,
8840 and let the ConfigureNotify event set everything up, but that
8841 might be kind of confusing to the Lisp code, since size changes
8842 wouldn't be reported in the frame parameters until some random
8843 point in the future when the ConfigureNotify event arrives.
8845 We pass 1 for DELAY since we can't run Lisp code inside of
8848 /* But the ConfigureNotify may in fact never arrive, and then this is
8849 not right if the frame is visible. Instead wait (with timeout)
8850 for the ConfigureNotify. */
8851 if (f
->async_visible
)
8852 x_wait_for_event (f
, ConfigureNotify
);
8855 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, cols
, 0, 1, 0);
8856 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = pixelwidth
;
8857 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = pixelheight
;
8863 /* Call this to change the size of frame F's x-window.
8864 If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to top-left-corner window gravity
8865 for this size change and subsequent size changes.
8866 Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8869 x_set_window_size (struct frame
*f
, int change_gravity
, int cols
, int rows
)
8873 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
8877 /* When the frame is maximized/fullscreen or running under for
8878 example Xmonad, x_set_window_size_1 will be a no-op.
8879 In that case, the right thing to do is extend rows/cols to
8880 the current frame size. We do that first if x_set_window_size_1
8881 turns out to not be a no-op (there is no way to know).
8882 The size will be adjusted again if the frame gets a
8883 ConfigureNotify event as a result of x_set_window_size. */
8884 int pixelh
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8885 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8886 /* The menu bar is not part of text lines. The tool bar
8888 pixelh
-= FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
8890 r
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f
, pixelh
);
8891 /* Update f->scroll_bar_actual_width because it is used in
8892 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS. */
8893 f
->scroll_bar_actual_width
8894 = FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
8895 c
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f
, FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
));
8896 change_frame_size (f
, r
, c
, 0, 1, 0);
8900 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
8901 xg_frame_set_char_size (f
, cols
, rows
);
8903 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8904 #else /* not USE_GTK */
8906 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8908 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
8910 /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off. */
8911 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (f
->root_window
));
8913 /* Clear out any recollection of where the mouse highlighting was,
8914 since it might be in a place that's outside the new frame size.
8915 Actually checking whether it is outside is a pain in the neck,
8916 so don't try--just let the highlighting be done afresh with new size. */
8917 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
8922 /* Mouse warping. */
8925 x_set_mouse_position (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
)
8929 pix_x
= FRAME_COL_TO_PIXEL_X (f
, x
) + FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) / 2;
8930 pix_y
= FRAME_LINE_TO_PIXEL_Y (f
, y
) + FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) / 2;
8932 if (pix_x
< 0) pix_x
= 0;
8933 if (pix_x
> FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)) pix_x
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
8935 if (pix_y
< 0) pix_y
= 0;
8936 if (pix_y
> FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
)) pix_y
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8940 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8941 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8945 /* Move the mouse to position pixel PIX_X, PIX_Y relative to frame F. */
8948 x_set_mouse_pixel_position (struct frame
*f
, int pix_x
, int pix_y
)
8952 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8953 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8957 /* Raise frame F. */
8960 x_raise_frame (struct frame
*f
)
8963 if (f
->async_visible
)
8964 XRaiseWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8966 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8970 /* Lower frame F. */
8973 x_lower_frame (struct frame
*f
)
8975 if (f
->async_visible
)
8978 XLowerWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8979 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8984 /* Activate frame with Extended Window Manager Hints */
8987 x_ewmh_activate_frame (FRAME_PTR f
)
8989 /* See Window Manager Specification/Extended Window Manager Hints at
8990 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec */
8992 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8993 if (f
->async_visible
&& wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_active_window
))
8996 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8997 x_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
8998 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_active_window
,
9000 Fcons (make_number (1),
9001 Fcons (make_number (last_user_time
),
9007 XTframe_raise_lower (FRAME_PTR f
, int raise_flag
)
9015 /* XEmbed implementation. */
9017 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT || ! defined USE_GTK
9019 /* XEmbed implementation. */
9021 #define XEMBED_VERSION 0
9024 xembed_set_info (struct frame
*f
, enum xembed_info flags
)
9026 unsigned long data
[2];
9027 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9029 data
[0] = XEMBED_VERSION
;
9032 XChangeProperty (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9033 dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
,
9034 32, PropModeReplace
, (unsigned char *) data
, 2);
9036 #endif /* defined USE_X_TOOLKIT || ! defined USE_GTK */
9039 xembed_send_message (struct frame
*f
, Time t
, enum xembed_message msg
,
9040 long int detail
, long int data1
, long int data2
)
9044 event
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
9045 event
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
;
9046 event
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_XEMBED
;
9047 event
.xclient
.format
= 32;
9048 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = t
;
9049 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1] = msg
;
9050 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[2] = detail
;
9051 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[3] = data1
;
9052 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[4] = data2
;
9054 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
,
9055 False
, NoEventMask
, &event
);
9056 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
9059 /* Change of visibility. */
9061 /* This tries to wait until the frame is really visible.
9062 However, if the window manager asks the user where to position
9063 the frame, this will return before the user finishes doing that.
9064 The frame will not actually be visible at that time,
9065 but it will become visible later when the window manager
9066 finishes with it. */
9069 x_make_frame_visible (struct frame
*f
)
9072 int original_top
, original_left
;
9073 int retry_count
= 2;
9079 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
9081 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
9083 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9085 /* We test FRAME_GARBAGED_P here to make sure we don't
9086 call x_set_offset a second time
9087 if we get to x_make_frame_visible a second time
9088 before the window gets really visible. */
9089 if (! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9090 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
)
9091 && ! f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
)
9092 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
9094 f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
= 1;
9096 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
9097 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, NormalState
);
9098 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9099 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9100 xembed_set_info (f
, XEMBED_MAPPED
);
9103 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
9104 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9106 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9108 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9109 gtk_window_deiconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
9111 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9112 xembed_set_info (f
, XEMBED_MAPPED
);
9114 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9115 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9116 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9119 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9121 /* Synchronize to ensure Emacs knows the frame is visible
9122 before we do anything else. We do this loop with input not blocked
9123 so that incoming events are handled. */
9127 /* This must be before UNBLOCK_INPUT
9128 since events that arrive in response to the actions above
9129 will set it when they are handled. */
9130 int previously_visible
= f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
;
9132 original_left
= f
->left_pos
;
9133 original_top
= f
->top_pos
;
9135 /* This must come after we set COUNT. */
9138 /* We unblock here so that arriving X events are processed. */
9140 /* Now move the window back to where it was "supposed to be".
9141 But don't do it if the gravity is negative.
9142 When the gravity is negative, this uses a position
9143 that is 3 pixels too low. Perhaps that's really the border width.
9145 Don't do this if the window has never been visible before,
9146 because the window manager may choose the position
9147 and we don't want to override it. */
9149 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
9150 && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9151 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
)
9152 && f
->win_gravity
== NorthWestGravity
9153 && previously_visible
)
9157 unsigned int width
, height
, border
, depth
;
9161 /* On some window managers (such as FVWM) moving an existing
9162 window, even to the same place, causes the window manager
9163 to introduce an offset. This can cause the window to move
9164 to an unexpected location. Check the geometry (a little
9165 slow here) and then verify that the window is in the right
9166 place. If the window is not in the right place, move it
9167 there, and take the potential window manager hit. */
9168 XGetGeometry (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9169 &rootw
, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
, &border
, &depth
);
9171 if (original_left
!= x
|| original_top
!= y
)
9172 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9173 original_left
, original_top
);
9178 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
9180 /* Wait until the frame is visible. Process X events until a
9181 MapNotify event has been seen, or until we think we won't get a
9182 MapNotify at all.. */
9183 for (count
= input_signal_count
+ 10;
9184 input_signal_count
< count
&& !FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
);)
9186 /* Force processing of queued events. */
9189 /* Machines that do polling rather than SIGIO have been
9190 observed to go into a busy-wait here. So we'll fake an
9191 alarm signal to let the handler know that there's something
9192 to be read. We used to raise a real alarm, but it seems
9193 that the handler isn't always enabled here. This is
9195 if (input_polling_used ())
9197 /* It could be confusing if a real alarm arrives while
9198 processing the fake one. Turn it off and let the
9199 handler reset it. */
9200 int old_poll_suppress_count
= poll_suppress_count
;
9201 poll_suppress_count
= 1;
9202 poll_for_input_1 ();
9203 poll_suppress_count
= old_poll_suppress_count
;
9206 /* See if a MapNotify event has been processed. */
9207 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
9212 (let ((f (selected-frame)))
9216 the frame is not raised with various window managers on
9217 FreeBSD, GNU/Linux and Solaris. It turns out that, for some
9218 unknown reason, the call to XtMapWidget is completely ignored.
9219 Mapping the widget a second time works. */
9221 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && --retry_count
!= 0)
9226 /* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state. */
9228 /* Make the frame visible (mapped and not iconified). */
9231 x_make_frame_invisible (struct frame
*f
)
9235 /* Use the frame's outermost window, not the one we normally draw on. */
9236 window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9238 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
9239 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
9240 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9244 /* Before unmapping the window, update the WM_SIZE_HINTS property to claim
9245 that the current position of the window is user-specified, rather than
9246 program-specified, so that when the window is mapped again, it will be
9247 placed at the same location, without forcing the user to position it
9248 by hand again (they have already done that once for this window.) */
9249 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 1);
9252 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9253 gtk_widget_hide (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9256 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9257 xembed_set_info (f
, 0);
9262 if (! XWithdrawWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
,
9263 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))))
9265 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
9266 error ("Can't notify window manager of window withdrawal");
9270 /* We can't distinguish this from iconification
9271 just by the event that we get from the server.
9272 So we can't win using the usual strategy of letting
9273 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY set this. So do it by hand,
9274 and synchronize with the server to make sure we agree. */
9276 FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
) = 0;
9277 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9278 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
9285 /* Change window state from mapped to iconified. */
9288 x_iconify_frame (struct frame
*f
)
9290 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9295 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
9296 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
9297 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9299 if (f
->async_iconified
)
9304 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
9306 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
9308 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
9310 #if defined (USE_GTK)
9311 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9313 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9314 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9316 gtk_window_iconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
9319 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9320 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9326 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9328 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9330 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
9331 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
9332 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
9333 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9334 /* The server won't give us any event to indicate
9335 that an invisible frame was changed to an icon,
9336 so we have to record it here. */
9339 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9340 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9345 result
= XIconifyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
9346 XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
),
9347 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)));
9351 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
9353 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9354 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9358 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9360 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9362 /* Make sure the X server knows where the window should be positioned,
9363 in case the user deiconifies with the window manager. */
9364 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
9365 && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9366 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9367 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
9369 /* Since we don't know which revision of X we're running, we'll use both
9370 the X11R3 and X11R4 techniques. I don't know if this is a good idea. */
9372 /* X11R4: send a ClientMessage to the window manager using the
9373 WM_CHANGE_STATE type. */
9377 msg
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9378 msg
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
9379 msg
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_wm_change_state
;
9380 msg
.xclient
.format
= 32;
9381 msg
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = IconicState
;
9383 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
9384 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)),
9386 SubstructureRedirectMask
| SubstructureNotifyMask
,
9389 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
9390 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
9394 /* X11R3: set the initial_state field of the window manager hints to
9396 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
9398 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9400 /* If the frame was withdrawn, before, we must map it. */
9401 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9404 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9405 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9407 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9409 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9413 /* Free X resources of frame F. */
9416 x_free_frame_resources (struct frame
*f
)
9418 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9419 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= &dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
;
9420 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9422 struct scroll_bar
*b
;
9427 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9428 commands to the X server. */
9429 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
9431 /* We must free faces before destroying windows because some
9432 font-driver (e.g. xft) access a window while finishing a
9434 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f
))
9435 free_frame_faces (f
);
9437 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
)
9438 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
);
9440 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9441 /* Explicitly destroy the scroll bars of the frame. Without
9442 this, we get "BadDrawable" errors from the toolkit later on,
9443 presumably from expose events generated for the disappearing
9444 toolkit scroll bars. */
9445 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); !NILP (bar
); bar
= b
->next
)
9447 b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
9448 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
9457 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9458 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
)
9460 XtDestroyWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9461 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
= NULL
;
9463 /* Tooltips don't have widgets, only a simple X window, even if
9464 we are using a toolkit. */
9465 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9466 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9468 free_frame_menubar (f
);
9469 #else /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9472 xg_free_frame_widgets (f
);
9473 #endif /* USE_GTK */
9475 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9476 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9477 #endif /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9479 unload_color (f
, FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
9480 unload_color (f
, FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
9481 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
);
9482 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
);
9483 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
9484 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->mouse_pixel
);
9486 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
!= -1)
9487 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
);
9488 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
9489 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
9490 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
9491 /* Scrollbar shadow colors. */
9492 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9493 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
);
9494 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9495 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
);
9496 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
9497 if (f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.allocated_p
)
9498 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.pixel
);
9499 if (f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.allocated_p
)
9500 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.pixel
);
9503 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9506 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
);
9507 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
);
9508 f
->output_data
.x
= NULL
;
9510 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
9511 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
9512 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
)
9513 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
9514 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
9515 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9517 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
9519 hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
9520 = hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
9521 hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
9522 = hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
9523 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
9524 hlinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
9525 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
9532 /* Destroy the X window of frame F. */
9535 x_destroy_window (struct frame
*f
)
9537 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9539 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9540 commands to the X server. */
9541 if (dpyinfo
->display
!= 0)
9542 x_free_frame_resources (f
);
9544 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
9548 /* Setting window manager hints. */
9550 /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F.
9551 FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags
9552 that the window now has.
9553 If USER_POSITION is nonzero, we set the USPosition
9554 flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0).
9555 The GTK version is in gtkutils.c */
9559 x_wm_set_size_hint (struct frame
*f
, long flags
, int user_position
)
9561 XSizeHints size_hints
;
9562 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9564 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9565 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
)
9567 widget_update_wm_size_hints (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9572 /* Setting PMaxSize caused various problems. */
9573 size_hints
.flags
= PResizeInc
| PMinSize
/* | PMaxSize */;
9575 size_hints
.x
= f
->left_pos
;
9576 size_hints
.y
= f
->top_pos
;
9578 size_hints
.height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
9579 size_hints
.width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
9581 size_hints
.width_inc
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
9582 size_hints
.height_inc
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
9583 size_hints
.max_width
= x_display_pixel_width (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
9584 - FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9585 size_hints
.max_height
= x_display_pixel_height (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
9586 - FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9588 /* Calculate the base and minimum sizes. */
9590 int base_width
, base_height
;
9591 int min_rows
= 0, min_cols
= 0;
9593 base_width
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9594 base_height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9596 check_frame_size (f
, &min_rows
, &min_cols
);
9598 /* The window manager uses the base width hints to calculate the
9599 current number of rows and columns in the frame while
9600 resizing; min_width and min_height aren't useful for this
9601 purpose, since they might not give the dimensions for a
9602 zero-row, zero-column frame.
9604 We use the base_width and base_height members if we have
9605 them; otherwise, we set the min_width and min_height members
9606 to the size for a zero x zero frame. */
9608 size_hints
.flags
|= PBaseSize
;
9609 size_hints
.base_width
= base_width
;
9610 size_hints
.base_height
= base_height
+ FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
9611 size_hints
.min_width
= base_width
+ min_cols
* size_hints
.width_inc
;
9612 size_hints
.min_height
= base_height
+ min_rows
* size_hints
.height_inc
;
9615 /* If we don't need the old flags, we don't need the old hint at all. */
9618 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9623 XSizeHints hints
; /* Sometimes I hate X Windows... */
9624 long supplied_return
;
9627 value
= XGetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &hints
,
9631 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9636 if (hints
.flags
& PSize
)
9637 size_hints
.flags
|= PSize
;
9638 if (hints
.flags
& PPosition
)
9639 size_hints
.flags
|= PPosition
;
9640 if (hints
.flags
& USPosition
)
9641 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9642 if (hints
.flags
& USSize
)
9643 size_hints
.flags
|= USSize
;
9650 size_hints
.win_gravity
= f
->win_gravity
;
9651 size_hints
.flags
|= PWinGravity
;
9655 size_hints
.flags
&= ~ PPosition
;
9656 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9658 #endif /* PWinGravity */
9660 XSetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &size_hints
);
9662 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9664 /* Used for IconicState or NormalState */
9667 x_wm_set_window_state (struct frame
*f
, int state
)
9669 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9672 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNinitialState
, state
);
9673 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9674 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9675 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9677 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= StateHint
;
9678 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.initial_state
= state
;
9680 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9681 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9685 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (struct frame
*f
, ptrdiff_t pixmap_id
)
9687 Pixmap icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
;
9689 #if !defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && !defined USE_GTK
9690 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9695 icon_pixmap
= x_bitmap_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
);
9696 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= icon_pixmap
;
9697 icon_mask
= x_bitmap_mask (f
, pixmap_id
);
9698 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_mask
= icon_mask
;
9702 /* It seems there is no way to turn off use of an icon
9710 xg_set_frame_icon (f
, icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
);
9714 #elif defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) /* same as in x_wm_set_window_state. */
9718 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconPixmap
, icon_pixmap
);
9719 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9720 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconMask
, icon_mask
);
9721 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9724 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9726 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= (IconPixmapHint
| IconMaskHint
);
9727 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9729 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9733 x_wm_set_icon_position (struct frame
*f
, int icon_x
, int icon_y
)
9735 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9737 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= IconPositionHint
;
9738 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_x
= icon_x
;
9739 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_y
= icon_y
;
9741 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9745 /***********************************************************************
9747 ***********************************************************************/
9751 /* Check that FONT is valid on frame F. It is if it can be found in F's
9755 x_check_font (struct frame
*f
, struct font
*font
)
9757 xassert (font
!= NULL
&& ! NILP (font
->props
[FONT_TYPE_INDEX
]));
9758 if (font
->driver
->check
)
9759 xassert (font
->driver
->check (f
, font
) == 0);
9762 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */
9765 /***********************************************************************
9767 ***********************************************************************/
9769 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9770 static XrmOptionDescRec emacs_options
[] = {
9771 {"-geometry", ".geometry", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9772 {"-iconic", ".iconic", XrmoptionNoArg
, (XtPointer
) "yes"},
9774 {"-internal-border-width", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth",
9775 XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9776 {"-ib", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9778 {"-T", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9779 {"-wn", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9780 {"-title", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9781 {"-iconname", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9782 {"-in", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9783 {"-mc", "*pointerColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9784 {"-cr", "*cursorColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
}
9787 /* Whether atimer for Xt timeouts is activated or not. */
9789 static int x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
;
9791 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9793 static int x_initialized
;
9795 /* Test whether two display-name strings agree up to the dot that separates
9796 the screen number from the server number. */
9798 same_x_server (const char *name1
, const char *name2
)
9801 const char *system_name
= SSDATA (Vsystem_name
);
9802 ptrdiff_t system_name_length
= SBYTES (Vsystem_name
);
9803 ptrdiff_t length_until_period
= 0;
9805 while (system_name
[length_until_period
] != 0
9806 && system_name
[length_until_period
] != '.')
9807 length_until_period
++;
9809 /* Treat `unix' like an empty host name. */
9810 if (! strncmp (name1
, "unix:", 5))
9812 if (! strncmp (name2
, "unix:", 5))
9814 /* Treat this host's name like an empty host name. */
9815 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
9816 && name1
[system_name_length
] == ':')
9817 name1
+= system_name_length
;
9818 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
9819 && name2
[system_name_length
] == ':')
9820 name2
+= system_name_length
;
9821 /* Treat this host's domainless name like an empty host name. */
9822 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
9823 && name1
[length_until_period
] == ':')
9824 name1
+= length_until_period
;
9825 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
9826 && name2
[length_until_period
] == ':')
9827 name2
+= length_until_period
;
9829 for (; *name1
!= '\0' && *name1
== *name2
; name1
++, name2
++)
9833 if (seen_colon
&& *name1
== '.')
9837 && (*name1
== '.' || *name1
== '\0')
9838 && (*name2
== '.' || *name2
== '\0'));
9841 /* Count number of set bits in mask and number of bits to shift to
9842 get to the first bit. With MASK 0x7e0, *BITS is set to 6, and *OFFSET
9845 get_bits_and_offset (long unsigned int mask
, int *bits
, int *offset
)
9866 /* Return 1 if display DISPLAY is available for use, 0 otherwise.
9867 But don't permanently open it, just test its availability. */
9870 x_display_ok (const char *display
)
9875 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (display
);
9877 XCloseDisplay (dpy
);
9885 my_log_handler (const gchar
*log_domain
, GLogLevelFlags log_level
,
9886 const gchar
*msg
, gpointer user_data
)
9888 if (!strstr (msg
, "g_set_prgname"))
9889 fprintf (stderr
, "%s-WARNING **: %s\n", log_domain
, msg
);
9893 /* Open a connection to X display DISPLAY_NAME, and return
9894 the structure that describes the open display.
9895 If we cannot contact the display, return null. */
9897 struct x_display_info
*
9898 x_term_init (Lisp_Object display_name
, char *xrm_option
, char *resource_name
)
9902 struct terminal
*terminal
;
9903 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
9905 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
;
9916 if (! x_display_ok (SSDATA (display_name
)))
9917 error ("Display %s can't be opened", SSDATA (display_name
));
9923 char *argv
[NUM_ARGV
];
9924 char **argv2
= argv
;
9927 if (x_initialized
++ > 1)
9929 xg_display_open (SSDATA (display_name
), &dpy
);
9933 static char display_opt
[] = "--display";
9934 static char name_opt
[] = "--name";
9936 for (argc
= 0; argc
< NUM_ARGV
; ++argc
)
9940 argv
[argc
++] = initial_argv
[0];
9942 if (! NILP (display_name
))
9944 argv
[argc
++] = display_opt
;
9945 argv
[argc
++] = SSDATA (display_name
);
9948 argv
[argc
++] = name_opt
;
9949 argv
[argc
++] = resource_name
;
9951 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
9953 /* Emacs can only handle core input events, so make sure
9954 Gtk doesn't use Xinput or Xinput2 extensions. */
9956 static char fix_events
[] = "GDK_CORE_DEVICE_EVENTS=1";
9957 putenv (fix_events
);
9960 /* Work around GLib bug that outputs a faulty warning. See
9961 https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=563627. */
9962 id
= g_log_set_handler ("GLib", G_LOG_LEVEL_WARNING
| G_LOG_FLAG_FATAL
9963 | G_LOG_FLAG_RECURSION
, my_log_handler
, NULL
);
9965 /* NULL window -> events for all windows go to our function.
9966 Call before gtk_init so Gtk+ event filters comes after our. */
9967 gdk_window_add_filter (NULL
, event_handler_gdk
, NULL
);
9969 gtk_init (&argc
, &argv2
);
9970 g_log_remove_handler ("GLib", id
);
9972 /* gtk_init does set_locale. We must fix locale after calling it. */
9976 dpy
= DEFAULT_GDK_DISPLAY ();
9978 #if GTK_MAJOR_VERSION <= 2 && GTK_MINOR_VERSION <= 90
9979 /* Load our own gtkrc if it exists. */
9981 const char *file
= "~/.emacs.d/gtkrc";
9982 Lisp_Object s
, abs_file
;
9984 s
= make_string (file
, strlen (file
));
9985 abs_file
= Fexpand_file_name (s
, Qnil
);
9987 if (! NILP (abs_file
) && !NILP (Ffile_readable_p (abs_file
)))
9988 gtk_rc_parse (SSDATA (abs_file
));
9992 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
9993 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
9996 #else /* not USE_GTK */
9997 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9998 /* weiner@footloose.sps.mot.com reports that this causes
10000 X protocol error: BadAtom (invalid Atom parameter)
10001 on protocol request 18skiloaf.
10002 So let's not use it until R6. */
10003 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
10004 XtSetLanguageProc (NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
10015 argv
[argc
++] = "-xrm";
10016 argv
[argc
++] = xrm_option
;
10018 turn_on_atimers (0);
10019 dpy
= XtOpenDisplay (Xt_app_con
, SSDATA (display_name
),
10020 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
10021 emacs_options
, XtNumber (emacs_options
),
10023 turn_on_atimers (1);
10025 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
10026 /* I think this is to compensate for XtSetLanguageProc. */
10031 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10032 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
10033 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (SSDATA (display_name
));
10034 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10035 #endif /* not USE_GTK*/
10037 /* Detect failure. */
10044 /* We have definitely succeeded. Record the new connection. */
10046 dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct x_display_info
));
10047 memset (dpyinfo
, 0, sizeof *dpyinfo
);
10048 hlinfo
= &dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
;
10050 terminal
= x_create_terminal (dpyinfo
);
10053 struct x_display_info
*share
;
10056 for (share
= x_display_list
, tail
= x_display_name_list
; share
;
10057 share
= share
->next
, tail
= XCDR (tail
))
10058 if (same_x_server (SSDATA (XCAR (XCAR (tail
))),
10059 SSDATA (display_name
)))
10062 terminal
->kboard
= share
->terminal
->kboard
;
10065 terminal
->kboard
= (KBOARD
*) xmalloc (sizeof (KBOARD
));
10066 init_kboard (terminal
->kboard
);
10067 KVAR (terminal
->kboard
, Vwindow_system
) = Qx
;
10069 /* Add the keyboard to the list before running Lisp code (via
10070 Qvendor_specific_keysyms below), since these are not traced
10071 via terminals but only through all_kboards. */
10072 terminal
->kboard
->next_kboard
= all_kboards
;
10073 all_kboards
= terminal
->kboard
;
10075 if (!EQ (XSYMBOL (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
)->function
, Qunbound
))
10077 char *vendor
= ServerVendor (dpy
);
10079 /* Protect terminal from GC before removing it from the
10080 list of terminals. */
10081 struct gcpro gcpro1
;
10082 Lisp_Object gcpro_term
;
10083 XSETTERMINAL (gcpro_term
, terminal
);
10084 GCPRO1 (gcpro_term
);
10086 /* Temporarily hide the partially initialized terminal. */
10087 terminal_list
= terminal
->next_terminal
;
10089 KVAR (terminal
->kboard
, Vsystem_key_alist
)
10090 = call1 (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
,
10091 vendor
? build_string (vendor
) : empty_unibyte_string
);
10093 terminal
->next_terminal
= terminal_list
;
10094 terminal_list
= terminal
;
10098 /* Don't let the initial kboard remain current longer than necessary.
10099 That would cause problems if a file loaded on startup tries to
10100 prompt in the mini-buffer. */
10101 if (current_kboard
== initial_kboard
)
10102 current_kboard
= terminal
->kboard
;
10104 terminal
->kboard
->reference_count
++;
10107 /* Put this display on the chain. */
10108 dpyinfo
->next
= x_display_list
;
10109 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
;
10111 /* Put it on x_display_name_list as well, to keep them parallel. */
10112 x_display_name_list
= Fcons (Fcons (display_name
, Qnil
),
10113 x_display_name_list
);
10114 dpyinfo
->name_list_element
= XCAR (x_display_name_list
);
10116 dpyinfo
->display
= dpy
;
10118 /* Set the name of the terminal. */
10119 terminal
->name
= (char *) xmalloc (SBYTES (display_name
) + 1);
10120 strncpy (terminal
->name
, SSDATA (display_name
), SBYTES (display_name
));
10121 terminal
->name
[SBYTES (display_name
)] = 0;
10124 XSetAfterFunction (x_current_display
, x_trace_wire
);
10127 lim
= min (PTRDIFF_MAX
, SIZE_MAX
) - sizeof "@";
10128 if (lim
- SBYTES (Vinvocation_name
) < SBYTES (Vsystem_name
))
10129 memory_full (SIZE_MAX
);
10131 = (char *) xmalloc (SBYTES (Vinvocation_name
)
10132 + SBYTES (Vsystem_name
)
10134 strcat (strcat (strcpy (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
, SSDATA (Vinvocation_name
)), "@"),
10135 SSDATA (Vsystem_name
));
10137 /* Figure out which modifier bits mean what. */
10138 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
10140 /* Get the scroll bar cursor. */
10142 /* We must create a GTK cursor, it is required for GTK widgets. */
10143 dpyinfo
->xg_cursor
= xg_create_default_cursor (dpyinfo
->display
);
10144 #endif /* USE_GTK */
10146 dpyinfo
->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
10147 = XCreateFontCursor (dpyinfo
->display
, XC_sb_v_double_arrow
);
10149 xrdb
= x_load_resources (dpyinfo
->display
, xrm_option
,
10150 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
);
10151 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
10152 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, xrdb
);
10154 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= xrdb
;
10156 /* Put the rdb where we can find it in a way that works on
10158 dpyinfo
->xrdb
= xrdb
;
10160 dpyinfo
->screen
= ScreenOfDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
,
10161 DefaultScreen (dpyinfo
->display
));
10162 select_visual (dpyinfo
);
10163 dpyinfo
->cmap
= DefaultColormapOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10164 dpyinfo
->root_window
= RootWindowOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10165 dpyinfo
->client_leader_window
= 0;
10166 dpyinfo
->grabbed
= 0;
10167 dpyinfo
->reference_count
= 0;
10168 dpyinfo
->icon_bitmap_id
= -1;
10169 dpyinfo
->n_fonts
= 0;
10170 dpyinfo
->bitmaps
= 0;
10171 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_size
= 0;
10172 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_last
= 0;
10173 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= 0;
10174 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
10175 hlinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
10176 hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
10177 hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
10178 hlinfo
->mouse_face_face_id
= DEFAULT_FACE_ID
;
10179 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
10180 hlinfo
->mouse_face_overlay
= Qnil
;
10181 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
= 0;
10182 hlinfo
->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
10183 hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
10184 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
10185 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
10186 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
10187 dpyinfo
->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
10189 /* See if we can construct pixel values from RGB values. */
10190 dpyinfo
->red_bits
= dpyinfo
->blue_bits
= dpyinfo
->green_bits
= 0;
10191 dpyinfo
->red_offset
= dpyinfo
->blue_offset
= dpyinfo
->green_offset
= 0;
10193 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == TrueColor
)
10195 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->red_mask
,
10196 &dpyinfo
->red_bits
, &dpyinfo
->red_offset
);
10197 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->blue_mask
,
10198 &dpyinfo
->blue_bits
, &dpyinfo
->blue_offset
);
10199 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->green_mask
,
10200 &dpyinfo
->green_bits
, &dpyinfo
->green_offset
);
10203 /* See if a private colormap is requested. */
10204 if (dpyinfo
->visual
== DefaultVisualOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
))
10206 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == PseudoColor
)
10209 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10210 build_string ("privateColormap"),
10211 build_string ("PrivateColormap"),
10213 if (STRINGP (value
)
10214 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "true")
10215 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "on")))
10216 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCopyColormapAndFree (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->cmap
);
10220 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCreateColormap (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10221 dpyinfo
->visual
, AllocNone
);
10225 /* If we are using Xft, check dpi value in X resources.
10226 It is better we use it as well, since Xft will use it, as will all
10227 Gnome applications. If our real DPI is smaller or larger than the
10228 one Xft uses, our font will look smaller or larger than other
10229 for other applications, even if it is the same font name (monospace-10
10231 char *v
= XGetDefault (dpyinfo
->display
, "Xft", "dpi");
10233 if (v
!= NULL
&& sscanf (v
, "%lf", &d
) == 1)
10234 dpyinfo
->resy
= dpyinfo
->resx
= d
;
10238 if (dpyinfo
->resy
< 1)
10240 int screen_number
= XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10241 double pixels
= DisplayHeight (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10242 double mm
= DisplayHeightMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10243 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10244 dpyinfo
->resy
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10245 pixels
= DisplayWidth (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10246 mm
= DisplayWidthMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10247 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10248 dpyinfo
->resx
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10257 { "WM_PROTOCOLS", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
},
10258 { "WM_TAKE_FOCUS", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
},
10259 { "WM_SAVE_YOURSELF", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
},
10260 { "WM_DELETE_WINDOW", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
},
10261 { "WM_CHANGE_STATE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_change_state
},
10262 { "WM_CONFIGURE_DENIED", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
},
10263 { "WM_MOVED", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
},
10264 { "WM_CLIENT_LEADER", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_client_leader
},
10265 { "Editres", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
},
10266 { "CLIPBOARD", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_CLIPBOARD
},
10267 { "TIMESTAMP", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_TIMESTAMP
},
10268 { "TEXT", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_TEXT
},
10269 { "COMPOUND_TEXT", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_COMPOUND_TEXT
},
10270 { "UTF8_STRING", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_UTF8_STRING
},
10271 { "DELETE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_DELETE
},
10272 { "MULTIPLE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULTIPLE
},
10273 { "INCR", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_INCR
},
10274 { "_EMACS_TMP_", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_EMACS_TMP
},
10275 { "TARGETS", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_TARGETS
},
10276 { "NULL", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_NULL
},
10277 { "ATOM", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_ATOM
},
10278 { "ATOM_PAIR", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_ATOM_PAIR
},
10279 { "CLIPBOARD_MANAGER", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_CLIPBOARD_MANAGER
},
10280 { "_XEMBED_INFO", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
},
10281 /* For properties of font. */
10282 { "PIXEL_SIZE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_PIXEL_SIZE
},
10283 { "AVERAGE_WIDTH", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_AVERAGE_WIDTH
},
10284 { "_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
},
10285 { "_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
},
10286 { "_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
},
10287 /* Ghostscript support. */
10288 { "DONE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
},
10289 { "PAGE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
},
10290 { "SCROLLBAR", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
},
10291 { "_XEMBED", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
},
10293 { "_NET_WM_STATE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
},
10294 { "_NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
},
10295 { "_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_HORZ",
10296 &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
},
10297 { "_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_VERT",
10298 &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
},
10299 { "_NET_WM_STATE_STICKY", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
},
10300 { "_NET_WM_STATE_HIDDEN", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_hidden
},
10301 { "_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_window_type
},
10302 { "_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE_TOOLTIP",
10303 &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_window_type_tooltip
},
10304 { "_NET_WM_ICON_NAME", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_icon_name
},
10305 { "_NET_WM_NAME", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_name
},
10306 { "_NET_SUPPORTED", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supported
},
10307 { "_NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supporting_wm_check
},
10308 { "_NET_WM_WINDOW_OPACITY", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
},
10309 { "_NET_ACTIVE_WINDOW", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_active_window
},
10310 { "_NET_FRAME_EXTENTS", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_frame_extents
},
10311 /* Session management */
10312 { "SM_CLIENT_ID", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_SM_CLIENT_ID
},
10313 { "_XSETTINGS_SETTINGS", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_xsettings_prop
},
10314 { "MANAGER", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_xsettings_mgr
},
10318 const int atom_count
= sizeof (atom_refs
) / sizeof (atom_refs
[0]);
10319 /* 1 for _XSETTINGS_SN */
10320 const int total_atom_count
= 1 + atom_count
;
10321 Atom
*atoms_return
= xmalloc (sizeof (Atom
) * total_atom_count
);
10322 char **atom_names
= xmalloc (sizeof (char *) * total_atom_count
);
10323 char xsettings_atom_name
[64];
10325 for (i
= 0; i
< atom_count
; i
++)
10326 atom_names
[i
] = (char *) atom_refs
[i
].name
;
10328 /* Build _XSETTINGS_SN atom name */
10329 snprintf (xsettings_atom_name
, sizeof (xsettings_atom_name
),
10330 "_XSETTINGS_S%d", XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
));
10331 atom_names
[i
] = xsettings_atom_name
;
10333 XInternAtoms (dpyinfo
->display
, atom_names
, total_atom_count
,
10334 False
, atoms_return
);
10336 for (i
= 0; i
< atom_count
; i
++)
10337 *atom_refs
[i
].atom
= atoms_return
[i
];
10339 /* Manual copy of last atom */
10340 dpyinfo
->Xatom_xsettings_sel
= atoms_return
[i
];
10342 xfree (atom_names
);
10343 xfree (atoms_return
);
10346 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
= 8;
10347 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_length
= 0;
10348 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
= xmalloc (sizeof (*dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
)
10349 * dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
);
10351 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= NULL
;
10352 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= 0;
10353 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= 0;
10355 connection
= ConnectionNumber (dpyinfo
->display
);
10356 dpyinfo
->connection
= connection
;
10360 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10362 gray_bitmap_width
, gray_bitmap_height
,
10367 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
10370 xsettings_initialize (dpyinfo
);
10372 /* This is only needed for distinguishing keyboard and process input. */
10373 if (connection
!= 0)
10374 add_keyboard_wait_descriptor (connection
);
10377 fcntl (connection
, F_SETOWN
, getpid ());
10378 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN) */
10381 if (interrupt_input
)
10382 init_sigio (connection
);
10383 #endif /* ! defined (SIGIO) */
10387 XrmValue d
, fr
, to
;
10390 dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
10391 d
.addr
= (XPointer
)&dpy
;
10392 d
.size
= sizeof (Display
*);
10393 fr
.addr
= XtDefaultFont
;
10394 fr
.size
= sizeof (XtDefaultFont
);
10395 to
.size
= sizeof (Font
*);
10396 to
.addr
= (XPointer
)&font
;
10397 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
10398 if (!XtCallConverter (dpy
, XtCvtStringToFont
, &d
, 1, &fr
, &to
, NULL
))
10400 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
) || !XQueryFont (dpy
, font
))
10401 XrmPutLineResource (&xrdb
, "Emacs.dialog.*.font: 9x15");
10402 x_uncatch_errors ();
10406 /* See if we should run in synchronous mode. This is useful
10407 for debugging X code. */
10410 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10411 build_string ("synchronous"),
10412 build_string ("Synchronous"),
10414 if (STRINGP (value
)
10415 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "true")
10416 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "on")))
10417 XSynchronize (dpyinfo
->display
, True
);
10422 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10423 build_string ("useXIM"),
10424 build_string ("UseXIM"),
10427 if (STRINGP (value
)
10428 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "false")
10429 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "off")))
10432 if (STRINGP (value
)
10433 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "true")
10434 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "on")))
10440 /* Only do this for the very first display in the Emacs session.
10441 Ignore X session management when Emacs was first started on a
10443 if (terminal
->id
== 1)
10444 x_session_initialize (dpyinfo
);
10452 /* Get rid of display DPYINFO, deleting all frames on it,
10453 and without sending any more commands to the X server. */
10456 x_delete_display (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
10458 struct terminal
*t
;
10460 /* Close all frames and delete the generic struct terminal for this
10462 for (t
= terminal_list
; t
; t
= t
->next_terminal
)
10463 if (t
->type
== output_x_window
&& t
->display_info
.x
== dpyinfo
)
10466 /* Close X session management when we close its display. */
10467 if (t
->id
== 1 && x_session_have_connection ())
10468 x_session_close ();
10470 delete_terminal (t
);
10474 delete_keyboard_wait_descriptor (dpyinfo
->connection
);
10476 /* Discard this display from x_display_name_list and x_display_list.
10477 We can't use Fdelq because that can quit. */
10478 if (! NILP (x_display_name_list
)
10479 && EQ (XCAR (x_display_name_list
), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10480 x_display_name_list
= XCDR (x_display_name_list
);
10485 tail
= x_display_name_list
;
10486 while (CONSP (tail
) && CONSP (XCDR (tail
)))
10488 if (EQ (XCAR (XCDR (tail
)), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10490 XSETCDR (tail
, XCDR (XCDR (tail
)));
10493 tail
= XCDR (tail
);
10497 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== dpyinfo
)
10498 next_noop_dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10500 if (x_display_list
== dpyinfo
)
10501 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10504 struct x_display_info
*tail
;
10506 for (tail
= x_display_list
; tail
; tail
= tail
->next
)
10507 if (tail
->next
== dpyinfo
)
10508 tail
->next
= tail
->next
->next
;
10511 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
);
10512 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
);
10513 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
10517 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10519 /* Atimer callback function for TIMER. Called every 0.1s to process
10520 Xt timeouts, if needed. We must avoid calling XtAppPending as
10521 much as possible because that function does an implicit XFlush
10522 that slows us down. */
10525 x_process_timeouts (struct atimer
*timer
)
10528 x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
= 0;
10529 if (toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
|| popup_activated ())
10531 while (XtAppPending (Xt_app_con
) & XtIMTimer
)
10532 XtAppProcessEvent (Xt_app_con
, XtIMTimer
);
10533 /* Reactivate the atimer for next time. */
10534 x_activate_timeout_atimer ();
10539 /* Install an asynchronous timer that processes Xt timeout events
10540 every 0.1s as long as either `toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction' or
10541 `popup_activated_flag' (in xmenu.c) is set. Make sure to call this
10542 function whenever these variables are set. This is necessary
10543 because some widget sets use timeouts internally, for example the
10544 LessTif menu bar, or the Xaw3d scroll bar. When Xt timeouts aren't
10545 processed, these widgets don't behave normally. */
10548 x_activate_timeout_atimer (void)
10551 if (!x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
)
10553 EMACS_TIME interval
;
10555 EMACS_SET_SECS_USECS (interval
, 0, 100000);
10556 start_atimer (ATIMER_RELATIVE
, interval
, x_process_timeouts
, 0);
10557 x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
= 1;
10562 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10565 /* Set up use of X before we make the first connection. */
10567 extern frame_parm_handler x_frame_parm_handlers
[];
10569 static struct redisplay_interface x_redisplay_interface
=
10571 x_frame_parm_handlers
,
10575 x_clear_end_of_line
,
10577 x_after_update_window_line
,
10578 x_update_window_begin
,
10579 x_update_window_end
,
10585 0, /* flush_display_optional */
10587 x_clear_window_mouse_face
,
10588 x_get_glyph_overhangs
,
10589 x_fix_overlapping_area
,
10590 x_draw_fringe_bitmap
,
10591 0, /* define_fringe_bitmap */
10592 0, /* destroy_fringe_bitmap */
10593 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
,
10594 x_draw_glyph_string
,
10595 x_define_frame_cursor
,
10596 x_clear_frame_area
,
10597 x_draw_window_cursor
,
10598 x_draw_vertical_window_border
,
10599 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert
10603 /* This function is called when the last frame on a display is deleted. */
10605 x_delete_terminal (struct terminal
*terminal
)
10607 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= terminal
->display_info
.x
;
10609 /* Protect against recursive calls. delete_frame in
10610 delete_terminal calls us back when it deletes our last frame. */
10611 if (!terminal
->name
)
10616 /* We must close our connection to the XIM server before closing the
10619 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
);
10622 /* If called from x_connection_closed, the display may already be closed
10623 and dpyinfo->display was set to 0 to indicate that. */
10624 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
10626 x_destroy_all_bitmaps (dpyinfo
);
10627 XSetCloseDownMode (dpyinfo
->display
, DestroyAll
);
10629 /* Whether or not XCloseDisplay destroys the associated resource
10630 database depends on the version of libX11. To avoid both
10631 crash and memory leak, we dissociate the database from the
10632 display and then destroy dpyinfo->xrdb ourselves.
10634 Unfortunately, the above strategy does not work in some
10635 situations due to a bug in newer versions of libX11: because
10636 XrmSetDatabase doesn't clear the flag XlibDisplayDfltRMDB if
10637 dpy->db is NULL, XCloseDisplay destroys the associated
10638 database whereas it has not been created by XGetDefault
10639 (Bug#21974 in freedesktop.org Bugzilla). As a workaround, we
10640 don't destroy the database here in order to avoid the crash
10641 in the above situations for now, though that may cause memory
10642 leaks in other situations. */
10644 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
10645 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, NULL
);
10647 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= NULL
;
10649 /* We used to call XrmDestroyDatabase from x_delete_display, but
10650 some older versions of libX11 crash if we call it after
10651 closing all the displays. */
10652 XrmDestroyDatabase (dpyinfo
->xrdb
);
10656 xg_display_close (dpyinfo
->display
);
10658 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10659 XtCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
10661 XCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
10663 #endif /* ! USE_GTK */
10666 /* Mark as dead. */
10667 dpyinfo
->display
= NULL
;
10668 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
);
10672 /* Create a struct terminal, initialize it with the X11 specific
10673 functions and make DISPLAY->TERMINAL point to it. */
10675 static struct terminal
*
10676 x_create_terminal (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
10678 struct terminal
*terminal
;
10680 terminal
= create_terminal ();
10682 terminal
->type
= output_x_window
;
10683 terminal
->display_info
.x
= dpyinfo
;
10684 dpyinfo
->terminal
= terminal
;
10686 /* kboard is initialized in x_term_init. */
10688 terminal
->clear_frame_hook
= x_clear_frame
;
10689 terminal
->ins_del_lines_hook
= x_ins_del_lines
;
10690 terminal
->delete_glyphs_hook
= x_delete_glyphs
;
10691 terminal
->ring_bell_hook
= XTring_bell
;
10692 terminal
->toggle_invisible_pointer_hook
= XTtoggle_invisible_pointer
;
10693 terminal
->reset_terminal_modes_hook
= XTreset_terminal_modes
;
10694 terminal
->set_terminal_modes_hook
= XTset_terminal_modes
;
10695 terminal
->update_begin_hook
= x_update_begin
;
10696 terminal
->update_end_hook
= x_update_end
;
10697 terminal
->set_terminal_window_hook
= XTset_terminal_window
;
10698 terminal
->read_socket_hook
= XTread_socket
;
10699 terminal
->frame_up_to_date_hook
= XTframe_up_to_date
;
10700 terminal
->mouse_position_hook
= XTmouse_position
;
10701 terminal
->frame_rehighlight_hook
= XTframe_rehighlight
;
10702 terminal
->frame_raise_lower_hook
= XTframe_raise_lower
;
10703 terminal
->fullscreen_hook
= XTfullscreen_hook
;
10704 terminal
->set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook
= XTset_vertical_scroll_bar
;
10705 terminal
->condemn_scroll_bars_hook
= XTcondemn_scroll_bars
;
10706 terminal
->redeem_scroll_bar_hook
= XTredeem_scroll_bar
;
10707 terminal
->judge_scroll_bars_hook
= XTjudge_scroll_bars
;
10709 terminal
->delete_frame_hook
= x_destroy_window
;
10710 terminal
->delete_terminal_hook
= x_delete_terminal
;
10712 terminal
->rif
= &x_redisplay_interface
;
10713 terminal
->scroll_region_ok
= 1; /* We'll scroll partial frames. */
10714 terminal
->char_ins_del_ok
= 1;
10715 terminal
->line_ins_del_ok
= 1; /* We'll just blt 'em. */
10716 terminal
->fast_clear_end_of_line
= 1; /* X does this well. */
10717 terminal
->memory_below_frame
= 0; /* We don't remember what scrolls
10724 x_initialize (void)
10729 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
10730 any_help_event_p
= 0;
10731 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
10734 current_count
= -1;
10737 /* Try to use interrupt input; if we can't, then start polling. */
10738 Fset_input_interrupt_mode (Qt
);
10740 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10741 XtToolkitInitialize ();
10743 Xt_app_con
= XtCreateApplicationContext ();
10745 /* Register a converter from strings to pixels, which uses
10746 Emacs' color allocation infrastructure. */
10747 XtAppSetTypeConverter (Xt_app_con
,
10748 XtRString
, XtRPixel
, cvt_string_to_pixel
,
10749 cvt_string_to_pixel_args
,
10750 XtNumber (cvt_string_to_pixel_args
),
10751 XtCacheByDisplay
, cvt_pixel_dtor
);
10753 XtAppSetFallbackResources (Xt_app_con
, Xt_default_resources
);
10756 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10758 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= False
;
10759 xaw3d_pick_top
= True
;
10763 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
10764 pending_event_wait
.f
= 0;
10765 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= 0;
10767 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
10768 original error handler. */
10769 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
10770 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
10772 signal (SIGPIPE
, x_connection_signal
);
10774 xgselect_initialize ();
10779 syms_of_xterm (void)
10781 x_error_message
= NULL
;
10783 staticpro (&x_display_name_list
);
10784 x_display_name_list
= Qnil
;
10786 staticpro (&last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
10787 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
10789 DEFSYM (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
, "vendor-specific-keysyms");
10790 DEFSYM (Qlatin_1
, "latin-1");
10792 staticpro (&last_mouse_press_frame
);
10793 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
10796 xg_default_icon_file
= make_pure_c_string ("icons/hicolor/scalable/apps/emacs.svg");
10797 staticpro (&xg_default_icon_file
);
10799 DEFSYM (Qx_gtk_map_stock
, "x-gtk-map-stock");
10802 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-use-underline-position-properties",
10803 x_use_underline_position_properties
,
10804 doc
: /* *Non-nil means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties.
10805 A value of nil means ignore them. If you encounter fonts with bogus
10806 UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties, for example 7x13 on XFree prior
10807 to 4.1, set this to nil. You can also use `underline-minimum-offset'
10808 to override the font's UNDERLINE_POSITION for small font display
10810 x_use_underline_position_properties
= 1;
10812 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-underline-at-descent-line",
10813 x_underline_at_descent_line
,
10814 doc
: /* *Non-nil means to draw the underline at the same place as the descent line.
10815 A value of nil means to draw the underline according to the value of the
10816 variable `x-use-underline-position-properties', which is usually at the
10817 baseline level. The default value is nil. */);
10818 x_underline_at_descent_line
= 0;
10820 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-mouse-click-focus-ignore-position",
10821 x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
,
10822 doc
: /* Non-nil means that a mouse click to focus a frame does not move point.
10823 This variable is only used when the window manager requires that you
10824 click on a frame to select it (give it focus). In that case, a value
10825 of nil, means that the selected window and cursor position changes to
10826 reflect the mouse click position, while a non-nil value means that the
10827 selected window or cursor position is preserved. */);
10828 x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
= 0;
10830 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-toolkit-scroll-bars", Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
,
10831 doc
: /* Which toolkit scroll bars Emacs uses, if any.
10832 A value of nil means Emacs doesn't use toolkit scroll bars.
10833 With the X Window system, the value is a symbol describing the
10834 X toolkit. Possible values are: gtk, motif, xaw, or xaw3d.
10835 With MS Windows, the value is t. */);
10836 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10838 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("motif");
10839 #elif defined HAVE_XAW3D
10840 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("xaw3d");
10842 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("gtk");
10844 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("xaw");
10847 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= Qnil
;
10850 staticpro (&last_mouse_motion_frame
);
10851 last_mouse_motion_frame
= Qnil
;
10853 Qmodifier_value
= intern_c_string ("modifier-value");
10854 Qalt
= intern_c_string ("alt");
10855 Fput (Qalt
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (alt_modifier
));
10856 Qhyper
= intern_c_string ("hyper");
10857 Fput (Qhyper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (hyper_modifier
));
10858 Qmeta
= intern_c_string ("meta");
10859 Fput (Qmeta
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (meta_modifier
));
10860 Qsuper
= intern_c_string ("super");
10861 Fput (Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (super_modifier
));
10863 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-alt-keysym", Vx_alt_keysym
,
10864 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the alt modifier.
10865 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10866 For example, `alt' means use the Alt_L and Alt_R keysyms. The default
10867 is nil, which is the same as `alt'. */);
10868 Vx_alt_keysym
= Qnil
;
10870 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-hyper-keysym", Vx_hyper_keysym
,
10871 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the hyper modifier.
10872 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10873 For example, `hyper' means use the Hyper_L and Hyper_R keysyms. The
10874 default is nil, which is the same as `hyper'. */);
10875 Vx_hyper_keysym
= Qnil
;
10877 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-meta-keysym", Vx_meta_keysym
,
10878 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the meta modifier.
10879 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10880 For example, `meta' means use the Meta_L and Meta_R keysyms. The
10881 default is nil, which is the same as `meta'. */);
10882 Vx_meta_keysym
= Qnil
;
10884 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-super-keysym", Vx_super_keysym
,
10885 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the super modifier.
10886 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10887 For example, `super' means use the Super_L and Super_R keysyms. The
10888 default is nil, which is the same as `super'. */);
10889 Vx_super_keysym
= Qnil
;
10891 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-keysym-table", Vx_keysym_table
,
10892 doc
: /* Hash table of character codes indexed by X keysym codes. */);
10893 Vx_keysym_table
= make_hash_table (Qeql
, make_number (900),
10894 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_SIZE
),
10895 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_THRESHOLD
),
10899 #endif /* HAVE_X_WINDOWS */